WO2014132950A1 - Production system for optical display device - Google Patents

Production system for optical display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014132950A1
WO2014132950A1 PCT/JP2014/054461 JP2014054461W WO2014132950A1 WO 2014132950 A1 WO2014132950 A1 WO 2014132950A1 JP 2014054461 W JP2014054461 W JP 2014054461W WO 2014132950 A1 WO2014132950 A1 WO 2014132950A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sheet
optical member
bonding
optical
defective
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/054461
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
達也 土岡
廷槐 陳
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to KR1020157023105A priority Critical patent/KR102062941B1/en
Priority to CN201480010685.6A priority patent/CN105008989B/en
Publication of WO2014132950A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014132950A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/318Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for the production of liquid crystal displays
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16BDEVICES FOR FASTENING OR SECURING CONSTRUCTIONAL ELEMENTS OR MACHINE PARTS TOGETHER, e.g. NAILS, BOLTS, CIRCLIPS, CLAMPS, CLIPS OR WEDGES; JOINTS OR JOINTING
    • F16B11/00Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by sticking or pressing them together, e.g. cold pressure welding
    • F16B11/006Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by sticking or pressing them together, e.g. cold pressure welding by gluing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2202/00Materials and properties
    • G02F2202/28Adhesive materials or arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical display device production system.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-037565 filed in Japan on February 27, 2013 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-104407 filed in Japan on May 16, 2013. The contents are incorporated here.
  • an optical member such as a polarizing plate to be bonded to a liquid crystal panel (optical display component) is formed from a long film into a sheet piece having a size matching the display area of the liquid crystal panel After being cut out, packed and transported to another line, it may be bonded to a liquid crystal panel (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • an exclusion apparatus that eliminates an optical member including a defect (defective product optical member) is known (for example, see Patent Document 2).
  • the exclusion device of Patent Literature 2 is configured to move an exclusion roller so that a defective optical member is attached to an exclusion film via an adhesive layer and wound.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide an optical display device production system capable of effectively collecting defective optical members.
  • the optical display device production system is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component, and displays the optical display component. While the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width corresponding to the region is unwound from the original fabric roll, the optical member sheet is cut to a length corresponding to the display region to form the optical member, and then the optical member is the optical member.
  • the bonding apparatus includes a bonding apparatus for bonding to a display component, and the bonding apparatus unwinds the optical member sheet together with a separator sheet from the raw roll, and the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding section.
  • a determination unit that determines whether or not a defect is included, and based on a determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet is cut leaving the separator sheet, A cut part for forming a non-defective optical member that does not include a defect or a defective optical member that includes the defect, a peeling part that separates the non-defective optical member or the defective optical member from the separator sheet, and the optical display component
  • a suction stage having a suction surface to be held, a recovery stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface, and peels from the separator sheet Holding the bonded non-defective optical member and bonding to the optical display component, holding the defective optical member peeled from the separator sheet and bonding to the recovery stage; and the bonding And a moving device that moves the joint portion between the peeling portion and the optical display component or between the peeling portion and the recovery stage.
  • the peeling unit and the suction stage are arranged at positions adjacent to each other along a conveyance direction of the optical member sheet, and the collection stage is
  • the optical member sheet may be disposed at a position adjacent to the suction stage in a direction orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet.
  • the separation unit, the suction stage, and the collection stage may be arranged linearly along the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet. Good.
  • the recovery stage may be disposed at a position facing the peeling portion with the suction stage interposed therebetween.
  • the collection stage may be disposed between the peeling unit and the suction stage.
  • a mark is placed on the defect portion of the optical member sheet based on the determination result of the determination unit.
  • the cutting unit may further include a marking device attached thereto, and the cut unit may cut a portion on the upstream side of the edge of the mark on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet to form the defective optical member.
  • An optical display device production system is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component, and the display area of the optical display component While unwinding the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side from the original roll, the optical member sheet is either the long side or the short side of the display region.
  • a bonding apparatus for bonding the sheet piece to the optical display component, and the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component
  • the determination part for determining whether or not the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding part contains a defect, and the determination result of the determination part, Cutting the optical member sheet leaving the separator sheet, and forming a non-defective sheet piece including the defect or a defective sheet piece including the defect; and the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece.
  • An optical display device production system is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component. While unwinding the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side from the original roll, the optical member sheet is either the long side or the short side of the display region.
  • a bonding apparatus that bonds the sheet piece to the optical display component, and the optical display component on which the sheet piece is bonded
  • a detection device that detects an outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface with the sheet piece, and a surplus portion disposed outside the portion corresponding to the bonding surface from the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component, The size corresponding to the bonding surface
  • a cutting device for forming the optical member, and the laminating device unwinds the optical member sheet from the raw roll together with a separator sheet, and the unwinding unit unwinds the optical member sheet.
  • a determination unit that determines whether or not the optical member sheet includes a defect, and a non-defective sheet that does not include the defect by cutting the optical member sheet leaving the separator sheet based on the determination result of the determination unit A cut part that forms a defective sheet piece including the piece or the defect, a peeling part that peels the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet, and a suction surface that sucks and holds the optical display component And a collection stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface and collects the defective sheet pieces And hold the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet to be bonded to the optical display component, and hold the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet to be bonded to the recovery stage.
  • a moving device that moves the bonding portion between the peeling portion and the optical display component, or between the peeling portion and the recovery stage, and the cutting device includes: The sheet piece is cut along an outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface between the optical display component and the sheet piece detected by the detection device.
  • the “bonding surface between the optical display component and the sheet piece” in the above configuration refers to a surface facing the sheet piece of the optical display component, and “the outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface” specifically refers to In the optical display component, the outer peripheral edge of the substrate on which the sheet piece is bonded is indicated.
  • the “part corresponding to the bonding surface” of the sheet piece means that the outer shape of the optical display component (contour shape in plan view) is not less than the size of the display area of the optical display component facing the sheet piece. Is a region that is smaller than the size of the optical display component and avoids a functional portion such as an electrical component mounting portion in the optical display component.
  • the “size corresponding to the bonding surface” refers to a size not less than the size of the display area of the optical display component and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the optical display component.
  • an optical display device production system capable of effectively collecting defective optical members.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 2. It is sectional drawing of the optical member sheet
  • This embodiment demonstrates the film bonding system which comprises the one part as a production system of an optical display device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment.
  • the film laminating system 1 is for laminating a film-shaped optical member such as a polarizing film, a retardation film, or a brightness enhancement film on a panel-shaped optical display component such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL panel. And an optical display device including an optical member.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is used as the optical display component.
  • the film bonding system 1 is illustrated in two upper and lower stages.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view of the liquid crystal panel P viewed from the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer P3.
  • the liquid crystal panel P includes a first substrate P1 that has a rectangular shape in plan view, a second substrate P2 that has a relatively small rectangular shape disposed to face the first substrate P1, a first substrate P1, and a second substrate. And a liquid crystal layer P3 sealed between the substrate P2.
  • the liquid crystal panel P has a rectangular shape that conforms to the outer shape of the first substrate P1 in plan view, and a region that fits inside the outer periphery of the liquid crystal layer P3 in plan view is defined as a display region P4.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG.
  • the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P are cut out from the first, second, and third optical member sheets F1, F2, and F3 (refer to FIG. 1; hereinafter, sometimes collectively referred to as the optical member sheet FX) having a long strip shape.
  • the first, second, and third optical members F11, F12, and F13 (hereinafter may be collectively referred to as the optical member F1X) are appropriately bonded.
  • the first optical member F11 and the third optical member F13 as polarizing films are bonded to both the backlight side and the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, respectively.
  • a second optical member F12 as a brightness enhancement film is further bonded to the first optical member F11.
  • FIG. 4 is a partial cross-sectional view of the optical member sheet FX bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the optical member sheet FX includes a film-shaped optical member main body F1a, an adhesive layer F2a provided on one surface (the upper surface in FIG. 4) of the optical member main body F1a, and one of the optical member main bodies F1a via the adhesive layer F2a.
  • the separator sheet F3a is detachably stacked on the surface, and the surface protection film F4a is stacked on the other surface (the lower surface in FIG. 4) of the optical member body F1a.
  • the optical member main body F1a functions as a polarizing plate, and is bonded over the entire display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P and its peripheral area. For convenience of illustration, hatching of each layer in FIG. 4 is omitted.
  • the optical member body F1a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P via the adhesive layer F2a in a state where the separator sheet F3a is separated while leaving the adhesive layer F2a on one surface thereof.
  • seat FX is called the bonding sheet
  • the separator sheet F3a protects the adhesive layer F2a and the optical member body F1a before being separated from the adhesive layer F2a.
  • the surface protective film F4a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P together with the optical member body F1a.
  • the surface protective film F4a is disposed on the side opposite to the liquid crystal panel P with respect to the optical member body F1a to protect the optical member body F1a.
  • the surface protective film F4a is separated from the optical member main body F1a at a predetermined timing.
  • the optical member sheet FX may be configured not to include the surface protective film F4a, or the surface protective film F4a may be configured not to be separated from the optical member main body F1a.
  • the optical member body F1a is bonded to the sheet-like polarizer F6, the first film F7 bonded to one surface of the polarizer F6 with an adhesive or the like, and the other surface of the polarizer F6 with an adhesive or the like. And a second film F8.
  • the first film F7 and the second film F8 are protective films that protect the polarizer F6, for example.
  • the optical member body F1a may have a single-layer structure composed of a single optical layer, or may have a stacked structure in which a plurality of optical layers are stacked on each other.
  • the optical layer may be a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, or the like.
  • At least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8 may be subjected to a surface treatment that provides an effect such as anti-glare including hard coat treatment and anti-glare treatment for protecting the outermost surface of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the optical member body F1a may not include at least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8.
  • the separator sheet F3a may be bonded to one surface of the optical member body F1a via the adhesive layer F2a.
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view (top view) of the film bonding system 1, and the film bonding system 1 will be described below with reference to FIGS.
  • an arrow F indicates the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the upstream side of the liquid crystal panel P in the transport direction is referred to as the panel transport upstream side
  • the downstream side of the liquid crystal panel P in the transport direction is referred to as the panel transport downstream side.
  • the film bonding system 1 sets the predetermined position of the main conveyor 5 as the start point 5a and the end point 5b of the bonding process.
  • the film laminating system 1 conveys the liquid crystal panel P from the starting point 5a to the first and second sub-conveyors 6 and 7 extending in the direction perpendicular to the main conveyor 5 and from the starting point 5a to the first starting position 6a of the first sub-conveyor 6.
  • a second transport device 12 that transports the liquid crystal panel P from the end position 6 b to the first rotary first position 11 a of the first rotary index 11, and a first bonding device 13 and a second paste that are provided around the first rotary index 11.
  • the film bonding system 1 includes a second rotary index 16 provided on the panel transport downstream side of the first rotary index 11 and a second rotary index 16 from the first rotary terminal position 11 b of the first rotary index 11.
  • a third transport device 17 that transports the liquid crystal panel P to the rotary starting position 16a, a third bonding device 18 and an inspection device 19 provided around the second rotary index 16, and a panel transport downstream side of the second rotary index 16
  • a second conveyor 7 provided on the second rotary conveyor 16
  • a fourth conveyor device 21 for conveying the liquid crystal panel P from the second rotary end position 16b of the second rotary index 16 to the second starting position 7a of the second sub conveyor 7, From the second terminal position 7b of the sub-conveyor 7 to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, the liquid crystal panel P
  • a fifth transport device 22 for transporting.
  • the film laminating system 1 performs a predetermined process sequentially on the liquid crystal panel P while transporting the liquid crystal panel P using the lines formed by the drive-type main conveyor 5, the sub-conveyors 6 and 7, and the rotary indexes 11 and 16. Apply.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed on the line with its front and back surfaces being horizontal.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed, for example, in the main conveyor 5 with the short side of the display area P4 along the conveying direction, and in each of the sub conveyors 6 and 7 orthogonal to the main conveyor 5, the long side of the display area P4 is conveyed in the conveying direction.
  • each rotary index 11, 16 the long side of the display area P 4 is conveyed in a direction along the radial direction of each rotary index 11, 16.
  • Reference numeral 5c in the figure indicates a rack that flows on the main conveyor 5 in correspondence with the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the sheet piece (corresponding to the optical member F1X) of the bonding sheet F5 cut out to a predetermined length from the band-shaped optical member sheet FX is bonded to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • a control device 25 as an electronic control device.
  • the first transport device 8 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the first transport device 8 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the first starting position 6a (the left end in FIG. 5) of the first sub-conveyor 6 in a horizontal state, and cancels the suction at the position. Then, the liquid crystal panel P is delivered to the first sub-conveyor 6.
  • the cleaning device 9 is, for example, a water-washing type that performs brushing and rinsing of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P and then drains the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the cleaning device 9 may be a dry type that performs static electricity removal and dust collection on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the second transport device 12 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. For example, the second transport device 12 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the first rotary starting position 11a of the first rotary index 11 in a horizontal state, releases the suction at the position, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the first position. Transfer to one rotary index 11.
  • the first rotary index 11 is a disc-shaped rotary table having a rotation axis along the vertical direction, and is driven to rotate clockwise with the left end portion in plan view of FIG. 5 as the first rotary starting position 11a.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (upper end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 1st rotary first departure position 11a the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the first bonding apparatus 13 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first optical member F11 on the backlight side by the first bonding device 13.
  • the liquid crystal panel P to which the first optical member F11 is bonded is carried into the first bonding carry-in / out position 11c of the first rotary index 11 from the first bonding device 13 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the film peeling position 11e the position rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c (upper right end part of FIG. 5). At the film peeling position 11e, the film peeling device 14 peels the surface protective film F4a of the first optical member F11.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (right end position of FIG. 5) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the film peeling position 11e the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the second bonding device 15 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the second optical member F ⁇ b> 12 on the backlight side is bonded by the second bonding device 15.
  • the liquid crystal panel P on which the second optical member F12 is bonded is carried into the second bonding carry-in / out position 11d of the first rotary index 11 from the second bonding device 15 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d the 1st rotary terminal position 11b. Carrying out by the 3rd conveying apparatus 17 is made
  • the third transport device 17 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the third transport device 17 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second rotary starting position 16a of the second rotary index 16, and reverses the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P during this transport, so that the second rotary starting position The suction is released at 16 a and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the second rotary index 16.
  • the second rotary index 16 is a disc-shaped rotary table having a rotation axis along the vertical direction, and is driven to rotate clockwise with the upper end portion in plan view of FIG. 5 as the second rotary starting position 16a.
  • the 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (right end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd rotary first departure position 16a the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the third bonding apparatus 18 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the third optical member F13 on the display surface side by the third bonding device 18.
  • the liquid crystal panel P on which the third optical member F13 is bonded is carried into the third bonding carry-in / out position 16c of the second rotary index 16 from the third bonding device 18 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c the bonding inspection position 16d. Inspection at the bonding inspection position 16d by the inspection device 19 of the workpiece (liquid crystal panel P) on which the film is bonded (whether the position of the optical member F1X is appropriate (whether the positional deviation is within the tolerance range) ) Etc.) is made. The work determined that the position of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is not appropriate is discharged out of the system by a not-shown discharging means.
  • the second rotary index 16 has a position (left end portion in FIG. 5) rotated 90 ° clockwise from the bonding inspection position 16d as a second rotary terminal position 16b. Carrying out by the 4th conveying apparatus 21 is made
  • the fourth transport device 21 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the fourth transport device 21 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second starting position 7a of the second sub-conveyor 7, releases the suction at the second starting position 7a, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the second sub-conveying position 7a. Delivered to the conveyor 7.
  • the fifth transport device 22 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the fifth transport device 22 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, releases the suction at the end point 5b, and delivers the liquid crystal panel P to the main conveyor 5.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 13.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective view of the first bonding apparatus 13.
  • the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 and the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 abbreviate
  • the 1st bonding apparatus 13 bonds the sheet piece (1st optical member F11) of the bonding sheet
  • the 1st bonding apparatus 13 unwinds the 1st optical member sheet
  • the sheet conveying device 31 conveys the bonding sheet F5 using the separator sheet F3a as a carrier, holds the raw fabric roll R1 around which the belt-shaped first optical member sheet F1 is wound, and the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the unwinding part 31a which feeds out along a longitudinal direction
  • the cutting device 31b (cut part) which performs a half cut to the 1st optical member sheet
  • the 1st optical member sheet which gave the half cut Knife edge 31c (peeling portion) for separating F1 from separator sheet F3a by winding F1 at an acute angle, and winding for holding separator roll R2 for winding separator sheet F3a that has become independent through knife edge 31c Of the first separator sheet F3a between the portion 31d and the unwinding portion 31a and the winding portion 31d.
  • a plurality of rollers for example, six rollers 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, and 316 in this embodiment
  • at least one of the plurality of rollers for example, a roller 311 in this embodiment
  • a length measuring device 33 provided.
  • the first optical member sheet F1 is equivalent to the width of the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P (corresponding to the short side length of the display area P4 in this embodiment) in the horizontal direction (sheet width direction) orthogonal to the conveying direction.
  • the unwinding unit 31a positioned at the start point of the sheet conveying device 31 and the winding unit 31d positioned at the end point of the sheet conveying device 31 are driven in synchronization with each other, for example.
  • the winding-up part 31d winds up the separator sheet F3a which passed through the knife edge 31c, while the unwinding part 31a delivers the 1st optical member sheet
  • the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (separator sheet F3a) in the sheet transport apparatus 31 is referred to as the upstream side of the sheet transport, and the downstream side in the transport direction is referred to as the downstream side of the sheet transport.
  • the plurality of rollers form a conveyance path by spanning at least the separator sheet F3a of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the plurality of rollers is constituted by a roller selected from a roller that changes the traveling direction of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, a roller that can adjust the tension of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, and the like.
  • the length measuring device 33 measures the distance (transport distance) by which the first optical member sheet F1 is transported based on the rotation angle of the roller 311 to which the length measuring device 33 is attached and the length of the outer periphery.
  • the measurement result of the length measuring device 33 is output to the control device 25.
  • the control device 25 determines that each point in the longitudinal direction of the first optical member sheet F1 is on the conveyance path at an arbitrary time while the first optical member sheet F1 is being conveyed. Sheet position information indicating where the sheet exists is generated.
  • the defect detection device 60 detects a defect inherent in the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed.
  • the defect detection device 50 performs inspection processing such as reflection inspection, transmission inspection, oblique transmission inspection, crossed Nicol transmission inspection, and the like on the first optical member sheet F11 being conveyed, so that the first optical member sheet F1 Detect defects.
  • the defect detection device 60 includes an illumination unit 61 that can irradiate light to the first optical member sheet F1, and light that has been irradiated from the illumination unit 61 and passed through the first optical member sheet F1 (either or both of reflection and transmission). And a photodetector 62 capable of detecting changes due to the presence or absence of defects in the optical member sheet F1.
  • the disadvantage of the optical member sheet F1 is, for example, a portion where a foreign substance consisting of at least one of solid, liquid and gas exists in the optical member sheet F1, a portion where unevenness and scratches exist on the surface of the optical member sheet F1, A portion or the like that becomes a bright spot due to distortion of the optical member sheet F1, deviation of material, or the like.
  • the illumination unit 61 emits light whose light intensity, wavelength, polarization state, and the like are adjusted according to the type of inspection performed by the defect detection device 60.
  • the photodetector 62 is configured by an imaging element such as a CCD, and images the portion of the first optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 61.
  • the detection result (imaging result) of the photodetector 62 is output to the control device 25.
  • the control device 25 analyzes the image captured by the photodetector 62 and determines the presence or absence of a defect. When the control device 25 determines that a defect exists in the first optical member sheet F1, the defect position information indicating the position of the defect on the first optical member sheet F1 with reference to the measurement result of the length measuring device 33. Is generated.
  • the defect detection apparatus 60 can be suitably changed so that the fault of the 1st optical member sheet
  • the defect detection device 60 may include a determination unit that determines the presence or absence of a defect based on the detection result of the photodetector 62, and may be able to output the determination result of the determination unit to the control device 25.
  • the defect detection device 60 may output the determination result of the determination unit to the control device 25, and the control device 25 may not determine whether there is a defect.
  • the marking device 63 marks the defective portion of the first optical member sheet F1 based on the determination result of the determination unit. By attaching the mark, the defective portion in the first optical member sheet F1 is identified. For example, the marking device 63 marks the defective portion found in the first optical member sheet F1 from the surface protective film F4a side by inkjet or the like. In addition, it may replace with the marking by the marking apparatus 63 and an operator may mark with a magic etc.
  • the marking on the defective portion by the marking device 63 is performed during the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1. In addition, you may mark the fault location by stopping the 1st optical member sheet
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic plan view of the mark M in the first optical member sheet F1.
  • a plurality of marks M are attached to the defective portions in the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed.
  • the plurality of marks M are unevenly distributed in the transport direction (arrow direction) of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the planar shape of the mark M is a rectangle, and the length of one side of the rectangle is about 10 mm. At least a part of the mark M includes a defect.
  • the mark M is attached in an area wider than the defect portion so as to include the defect portion. Note that the planar shape of the mark M is not limited to a rectangle, but may be a circle or a line.
  • the mark detection device 64 detects the mark marked on the defective portion of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed.
  • the mark detection device 64 detects a mark on the first optical member sheet F1 by executing inspection processing such as transmission inspection on the first optical member sheet F11 being conveyed.
  • the mark detection device 64 includes an illumination unit 65 that can irradiate light to the first optical member sheet F1, and an imaging device 66 that can image the mark formed on the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the illumination unit 65 includes a fluorescent lamp and a diffusion plate that diffuses light emitted from the fluorescent lamp.
  • the imaging device 66 is configured by an imaging element such as a CCD, and images the portion of the first optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 65.
  • the detection result (imaging result) of the imaging device 66 is output to the control device 25.
  • the control device 25 analyzes the image picked up by the image pickup device 66 and determines the presence or absence of a mark. When the control device 25 determines that there is a mark on the first optical member sheet F1, the position information indicating the position of the mark on the first optical member sheet F1 with reference to the measurement result of the length measuring device 33 Is generated.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts a part in the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 over the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (performs a half cut).
  • the cutting device 31b performs cutting so that the first optical member sheet F1 (separator sheet F3a) is not broken by the tension acting during the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1 (so that a predetermined thickness remains on the separator sheet F3a).
  • the advancing / retreating position of the blade is adjusted, and half cutting is performed to the vicinity of the interface between the adhesive layer F2a and the separator sheet F3a.
  • the first optical member sheet F1 after the half cut is cut along the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F1 by cutting the optical member body F1a and the surface protection film F4a in the thickness direction. Is formed.
  • the first optical member sheet F1 is divided into sections having a length corresponding to the long side length of the display region P4 in the longitudinal direction by a cutting line. Each of these sections becomes one sheet piece in the bonding sheet F5.
  • the configuration of the cutting device 31b can be changed as appropriate so that the dimension (depth) of the cut line in the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 and the position of the cut line in the sheet conveyance direction can be controlled. is there.
  • the control device 25 refers to the mark position information, and refers to the section corresponding to the unit length in the longitudinal direction of the first optical member F11 from the first cut line formed by the cutting device 31b (hereinafter, the next sheet piece). It is determined whether or not there is a defect of the first optical member F11 in the section). The control device 25 determines the position of the cut line to be formed next depending on whether or not there is a defect in the section of the next sheet piece, and forms the cut line on the first optical member sheet F1. Cut line position information indicating the position is generated.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts the first optical member sheet F1 while leaving the separator sheet F3a, and converts the first optical member sheet F1 into a non-defective sheet piece (non-defective optical member (first optical member F11)). Equivalent) or defective sheet pieces including defects (corresponding to defective optical members).
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a non-defective sheet piece.
  • the control device 25 performs the next operation from the previously formed cut line (hereinafter referred to as the first cut line L1).
  • the formation position of the second cut line L2 is determined so that the distance on the first optical member sheet F1 to the cut line to be formed (hereinafter referred to as the second cut line L2) is the unit length. To do.
  • the control device 25 causes the cutting device 31b to move to the second cut line L2.
  • the cutting device 31b is controlled so as to form.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts the first optical member sheet F1 at the timing when the first optical member sheet F1 is conveyed by a unit length. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 2nd cut line L2 in the 1st optical member sheet
  • FIG. 10 to 12 are diagrams for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a cut position for forming a defective sheet piece when there is one mark M.
  • FIG. 10 to 12 are diagrams for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a cut position for forming a defective sheet piece when there is one mark M.
  • FIG. 10 to 12 are diagrams for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a cut position for forming a defective sheet piece when there is one mark M.
  • a cut line (hereinafter referred to as a third line) on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M.
  • the formation position of the cut line L3) is determined.
  • control device 25 has a third position as close as possible to the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the formation position of the cut line is determined, and the formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined at a position in contact with the edge of the mark M.
  • the control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 3rd cut line L3 in the 1st optical member sheet
  • seat F1 the inferior goods sheet piece F21 containing a fault (one mark M) is formed.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece when there are a plurality of marks M (for example, three in this embodiment).
  • the control device 25 determines that there are three marks M (first mark M1, second mark M2, and third mark M3) in the section of the next sheet piece, the three marks A formation position of a cut line (hereinafter referred to as a third cut line L3) is determined on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the third mark M3 located on the most upstream side in the sheet conveyance direction.
  • a third cut line L3 is determined on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the third mark M3 located on the most upstream side in the sheet conveyance direction.
  • control device 25 is positioned as close as possible to the edge of the third mark M3 on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined, and the formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined at a position in contact with the end edge of the mark M.
  • the control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the transport path from the third mark M3.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the third mark M3 on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 3rd cut line L3 in the 1st optical member sheet
  • seat F1 the inferior goods sheet piece F22 containing a fault (three marks M) is formed.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece when the mark M is located at a joint between two adjacent sheet pieces (original cut line forming position).
  • the control device 25 determines that only one mark M exists at the joint between two adjacent sheet pieces, the control device 25 sets the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • the formation position of the third cut line L3 is determined at a position in contact with the edge.
  • the control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M.
  • the cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1.
  • a defective sheet piece F23 including a defect (one mark M) is formed.
  • the knife edge 31 c is located below the first optical member sheet F ⁇ b> 1 conveyed substantially horizontally from the left side to the right side in FIG. 6, and extends at least over the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F ⁇ b> 1. Extend.
  • the knife edge 31c is wound so as to be in sliding contact with the separator sheet F3a side of the first optical member sheet F1 after the half cut.
  • the knife edge 31c wraps the first optical member sheet F1 at an acute angle at the acute end portion.
  • the first optical member sheet F1 peels the separator sheet F3a from the bonding sheet F5 when it is folded at an acute angle at the tip of the knife edge 31c.
  • the adhesion layer F2a (bonding surface with the liquid crystal panel P) of the bonding sheet F5 faces downward.
  • a separator peeling position 31e Immediately below the tip of the knife edge 31c is a separator peeling position 31e, and the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32 is in contact with the tip of the knife edge 31c from above, so that the surface protective film F4a of the sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is obtained. (The surface opposite to the bonding surface) is bonded to the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32.
  • the suction stage 41 is disposed at a position adjacent to the knife edge 31c along the sheet conveyance direction.
  • the suction stage 41 sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P at the time of bonding.
  • the suction stage 41 has a suction surface 41a that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the recovery stage 42 is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage 41 when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface 41a. Specifically, the collection stage 42 is disposed at a position adjacent to the suction stage 41 in a direction orthogonal to the sheet conveyance direction. In other words, the collection stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line. The collection stage 42 collects defective sheet pieces. The collection stage 42 has a support surface 42a that supports the defective sheet piece.
  • the bonding head 32 holds the non-defective sheet piece peeled off from the separator sheet F3a and sticks it to the liquid crystal panel P, and holds the defective product sheet piece peeled off from the separator sheet F3a and sticks it to the recovery stage 42. To do.
  • the pasting head 32 has an arc-shaped holding surface 32a that is parallel to the sheet width direction and convex downward.
  • the holding surface 32a has, for example, a weaker bonding force than the bonding surface (adhesive layer F2a) of the bonding sheet F5, and the surface protective film F4a of the bonding sheet F5 can be repeatedly bonded and peeled off.
  • the laminating head 32 tilts so as to be parallel to the sheet width direction and follow the curvature of the holding surface 32a so as to be centered on the axis along the sheet width direction above the knife edge 31c. Tilt of the bonding head 32 is appropriately performed when the bonding sheet F5 is bonded and held, and when the bonding sheet F5 bonded and held is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the bonding head 32 is inclined so that the holding surface 32a faces downward and the curved one end side (right side in FIG. 6) of the holding surface 32a is on the lower side, and the curved one end side of the holding surface 32a is the knife edge 31c.
  • the top end portion of the bonding sheet F5 at the separator peeling position 31e is stuck to the holding surface 32a.
  • the bonding head 32 is tilted while the bonding sheet F5 is fed out (inclined so that the other end of the curved surface of the holding surface 32a (the left side in FIG. 6) is on the lower side), thereby bonding to the holding surface 32a.
  • the entire sheet piece of the sheet F5 is stuck.
  • the bonding head 32 can move up and down by a predetermined amount above the separator peeling position 31e and the first bonding position 11c, and can be appropriately moved between the separator peeling position 31e and the first bonding position 11c.
  • the bonding head 32 is connected to an arm portion 71b (see FIG. 7) as a driving device that can be driven when moving up and down, moving, and tilting.
  • the bonding head 32 adheres the bonding sheet F5 to the holding surface 32a, for example, after the front end portion of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a, the engagement with the arm portion 71b is cut. It can be tilted freely, and from this state, it is tilted passively with the feeding of the bonding sheet F5.
  • the bonding head 32 tilts until the entire bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a, the tilting is locked by, for example, engaging with the arm portion 71b in this inclined posture, and the first bonding position in this state. 11c is moved upward.
  • the bonding head 32 When the bonding head 32 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding head 32 is actively tilted by the operation of the arm portion 71b, for example, and the liquid crystal panel P along the curve of the holding surface 32a.
  • the bonding sheet F5 is pressed against the upper surface of the sheet and bonded securely.
  • the moving device 70 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42. As shown in FIG. 7, the moving device 70 includes a first moving device 71, a second moving device 72, and a third moving device 73.
  • the first moving device 71 moves the bonding head 32 along a first direction V1 parallel to the normal direction of the suction surface 41a.
  • the first moving device 71 includes a power unit 71a such as an actuator, and an arm unit 71b that can be moved along the first direction V1 by the power unit 71a.
  • the bonding head 32 is attached to the tip of the arm portion 71b.
  • the second moving device 72 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P along a second direction V2 parallel to the sheet conveying direction.
  • the second moving device 72 includes a guide rail 72a that extends along the second direction V2, and a moving portion 72b that can move along the guide rail 72a.
  • the third moving device 73 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42 along a third direction V3 parallel to the direction orthogonal to the sheet conveying direction.
  • the third moving device 73 includes a guide rail 73a extending along the third direction V3 and a moving portion 73b movable along the guide rail 73a.
  • the guide rail 73a is attached to the side opposite to the guide rail 72a side of the moving part 72b.
  • the power unit 71a is attached to the side of the moving unit 73b opposite to the guide rail 73a.
  • the rotation device 80 rotates the suction stage 41 in a horizontal plane based on the imaging result of the second detection camera 35, and the liquid crystal panel P held by the suction stage 41 and the bonding sheet F5 held by the bonding head 32, Adjust the relative bonding position.
  • the rotation device 80 includes a motor having a rotation axis parallel to the normal direction of the suction surface 41 a of the suction stage 41 and a transmission mechanism that transmits the rotational force of the motor to the suction stage 41.
  • the suction stage 41 is attached to the transmission mechanism.
  • the 2nd moving apparatus 72 moves the bonding head 32 to the front-end
  • the 1st moving apparatus 71 presses the holding surface 32a against the front-end
  • the tip is attached to the holding surface 32a.
  • a first detection camera 34 is provided below the front end of the knife edge 31c to detect the front end of the sheet piece of the bonded sheet F5 at the relevant site on the downstream side of the sheet conveyance.
  • the detection data of the first detection camera 34 is sent to the control device 25.
  • the control device 25 temporarily stops the sheet conveying device 31, and then lowers the bonding head 32 to the holding surface 32a.
  • seat F5 is stuck.
  • the control device 25 performs the cutting of the bonding sheet F5 by the cutting device 31b. That is, the distance along the sheet conveyance path between the detection position by the first detection camera 34 (the optical axis extension position of the first detection camera 34) and the cutting position by the cutting device 31b (the cutting blade advance / retreat position of the cutting device 31b) is This corresponds to the length of the sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5.
  • the cutting device 31b is movable along the sheet conveyance path, and this movement changes the distance along the sheet conveyance path between the detection position by the first detection camera 34 and the cutting position by the cutting device 31b.
  • the movement of the cutting device 31b is controlled by the control device 25.
  • the cutting end is a predetermined reference.
  • this deviation is corrected by the movement of the cutting device 31b.
  • both corners of the base end portion of the bonding sheet F5 bonded and held on the holding surface 32a are a pair of first ends. Images are respectively picked up by the two detection cameras 35. Detection data of each second detection camera 35 is sent to the control device 25. The control device 25 is based on the imaging data of each second detection camera 35, for example, the horizontal direction of the bonding sheet F5 with respect to the bonding head 32 (the moving direction of the bonding head 32 and its orthogonal direction and the rotation direction about the vertical axis). Check the position of. When the relative position of the bonding head 32 and the bonding sheet F5 is misaligned, the bonding head 32 performs alignment so that the position of the bonding sheet F5 (first optical member F11) is a predetermined reference position.
  • the control device 25 as the first alignment device uses first to fourth detection cameras 34 to 34. Based on the detected data of 38, the first optical member F11 is affixed to the liquid crystal panel P so that the arrangement direction of the pixel rows of the liquid crystal panel P and the polarization direction of the first optical member (polarizing film) F11 coincide with each other. Determine the alignment position.
  • each third detection camera 36 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 of the glass substrate (first substrate P1) of the liquid crystal panel P
  • each fourth detection camera 37 includes, for example, a glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Each of the left corners in FIG. 5 is imaged.
  • the second bonding position 16c of the second rotary index 16 is provided with a pair of fifth detection cameras 38 for performing horizontal alignment on the second bonding position 16c of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • Each fifth detection camera 38 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 on the glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • Detection data of each detection camera 34 to 38 is sent to the control device 25. It is also possible to use sensors in place of the detection cameras 34 to 38.
  • each of the rotary indexes 11 and 16 there is provided an alignment table 39 on which the liquid crystal panel P is placed and the horizontal alignment is possible.
  • the alignment table 39 is driven and controlled by the control device 25 based on the detection data of the detection cameras 34 to 38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to each rotary index 11, 16 (each bonding position 11c, 16c) is made.
  • the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical axis direction of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is reduced.
  • the accuracy is improved and the clarity and contrast of the optical display device are increased.
  • the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G (see FIG. 3) outside the display area P4 can be narrowed to enlarge the display area and downsize the device.
  • the 1st bonding apparatus 13 is provided above the adsorption
  • a pair of 4th detection camera 37 for performing horizontal alignment of liquid crystal panel P is provided above the adsorption
  • Each third detection camera 36 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 of the glass substrate (first substrate P1) of the liquid crystal panel P
  • each fourth detection camera 37 includes, for example, a glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Each of the left corners in FIG. 5 is imaged.
  • a pair of 5th detection camera 38 for performing horizontal alignment of liquid crystal panel P is provided above the adsorption
  • Each fifth detection camera 38 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 on the glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • Detection information of each of the detection cameras 34 to 38 is sent to the control device 25. It is also possible to use sensors in place of the detection cameras 34 to 38.
  • the suction stage 41 in each bonding apparatus 13, 15, 18 is driven and controlled by the control apparatus 25 based on the detection information of each detection camera 34-38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to the bonding head 32 in each bonding position is performed.
  • the bonding sheet F5 from the aligned bonding head 32 By bonding the bonding sheet F5 from the aligned bonding head 32 to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical axis direction of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is reduced. The accuracy is improved and the clarity and contrast of the optical display device are increased.
  • the control device 25 of the present embodiment includes a computer system.
  • This computer system includes an arithmetic processing unit such as a CPU and a storage unit such as a memory and a hard disk.
  • the control device 25 of the present embodiment includes an interface that can execute communication with an external device of the computer system.
  • An input device capable of inputting an input signal may be connected to the control device 25.
  • the input device includes an input device such as a keyboard and a mouse, or a communication device that can input data from a device external to the computer system.
  • the control device 25 may include a display device such as a liquid crystal display that indicates the operation status of each part of the film bonding system 1, or may be connected to the display device.
  • An operating system (OS) that controls the computer system is installed in the storage unit of the control device 25.
  • the storage unit of the control device 25 records a program that causes each unit of the film bonding system 1 to execute processing for eliminating defective optical members by causing the arithmetic processing unit to control each unit of the film bonding system 1. Has been.
  • Various types of information including programs recorded in the storage unit can be read by the arithmetic processing unit of the control device 25.
  • the control device 25 may include a logic circuit such as an ASIC that executes various processes required for controlling each part of the film bonding system 1.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart for collecting defective sheet pieces.
  • the presence or absence of a defect in the first optical member sheet F1 is determined by the determination unit (step S1 shown in FIG. 13).
  • the cutting device 31b determines the length of the display area P4 in the sheet conveyance direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (in the present embodiment, the display area P4). Each time the sheet is fed out by a length equivalent to the long side length), a half-cut is performed over the entire width along the sheet width direction to form a non-defective sheet piece (step S2 shown in FIG. 13).
  • step S3 shown in FIG. 13 the whole non-defective sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a by the bonding head 32 (see FIG. 6) (step S3 shown in FIG. 13).
  • the bonding head 32 is moved between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P by the moving device 70 (see FIG. 6) (step S4 shown in FIG. 13). And the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P by the bonding head 32.
  • the marking device 63 marks the defect portion (step S5 shown in FIG. 13).
  • the mark is detected by the mark detection device 64 (see FIG. 6).
  • the control device 25 determines the cut line formation position so that the cut line is positioned on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M.
  • the cutting device 31b performs half-cut across the entire width in the sheet width direction at the portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1, and the defective sheet A piece is formed (step S6 shown in FIG. 13).
  • step S7 the whole defective sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a by the bonding head 32 (step S7 shown in FIG. 13).
  • the bonding head 32 is moved between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42 by the moving device 70 (step S8 shown in FIG. 13). Then, the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F ⁇ b> 3 a is bonded to the support surface 42 a of the collection stage 42 by the bonding head 32.
  • a waste material sheet or the like is disposed on the support surface 42a, and a plurality of defective product sheet pieces are stacked on the waste material sheet. After the defective sheet pieces are stacked to some extent, the defective sheet pieces are discarded together. In this case, the defective product sheet piece may be peeled off from the waste material sheet and discarded, or may be discarded together with the waste material sheet.
  • the film bonding system 1 in the above embodiment is formed by bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, and has a band-like optical width corresponding to the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • a bonding apparatus that unwinds the member sheet FX from the raw roll R1 and cuts the optical member sheet FX with a length corresponding to the display region P4 to form the optical member F1X, and then bonds the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the laminating devices 13, 15, and 18 include the unwinding portion 31a that unwinds the optical member sheet FX together with the separator sheet F3a from the raw fabric roll R1, and the optical unwinded by the unwinding portion 31a.
  • a determination unit that determines whether or not a defect is included in the member sheet FX, and based on the determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet FX is separated from the separator sheet F3a.
  • a cutting device 31b that forms a non-defective sheet piece that does not include defects or a defective sheet piece that includes defects, a knife edge 31c that peels the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet F3a, and liquid crystal
  • a suction stage 41 having a suction surface 41a for sucking and holding the panel P; and a collection stage 42 that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage 41 when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface 41a and collects defective sheet pieces
  • the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, and the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is held and bonded to the recovery stage 42.
  • the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or the knife edge 31c and the recovery stage A moving device 70 for moving to and from the 2 is intended to include.
  • the knife edge 31c and the suction stage 41 are arranged at positions adjacent to each other along the transport direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the collection stage 42 is in the direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the optical member sheet FX.
  • the marking device 63 further includes a marking device 63 that marks a defective portion of the optical member sheet FX based on the determination result of the determination unit, and the cutting device 31b includes an end of the mark M on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet FX.
  • a defective sheet piece is formed by cutting a portion on the subsequent side of the edge.
  • the defective sheet piece can be discarded and pasted on the collection stage 42. Therefore, the defective sheet piece can be removed without using a removal film or the like separate from the separator sheet. Moreover, compared with the structure which collects the exclusion film different from a separator with a defective product sheet piece, the exclusion film can be omitted, and the cost required for the exclusion film can be omitted. In addition, since the defective sheet piece can be collected using the collection stage 42, it is not necessary to provide a separate device for collecting the film for exclusion, and the device configuration can be simplified. Further, the non-defective sheet piece can be bonded to the liquid crystal panel P while removing the defective sheet piece. Therefore, it is possible to effectively collect defective sheet pieces.
  • the collection stage 42 is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the suction stage 41 in plan view, it is possible to prevent foreign matters from adhering to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P. Further, since the collection stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, it is not necessary for an operator to enter the sheet conveyance line when discarding defective sheet pieces stacked on the collection stage 42, and the defective sheet The piece can be easily discarded. Further, the production line can be shortened, and the production tact can be shortened.
  • variety corresponding to the display area P4 is cut into predetermined length, it is set as the optical member F1X, and this optical member F1X is the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32.
  • the optical member F1X is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P to suppress the dimensional variation and the bonding variation of the optical member F1X, and the frame portion G around the display region P4 is reduced to enlarge the display area and the device. Can be miniaturized.
  • the film bonding system 1 continuous bonding of the sheet piece FXm becomes easy, and the production efficiency of the optical display device can be increased. Since the bonding head 32 having the arc-shaped holding surface 32a is used, the optical member F1X can be smoothly held by the tilt of the arc-shaped holding surface 32a, and the arc-shaped holding surface 32a is also tilted. Thus, the optical member F1X can be reliably bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the knife edge 31c peels the optical member F1X from the separator sheet F3a with the bonding surface with the liquid crystal panel P facing downward, and the bonding head 32 is opposite to the bonding surface.
  • the upper surface of is attached to and held on the holding surface 32a and moved between the peeling position and the bonding position with the bonding surface facing downward. Therefore, the optical member sheet FX will be conveyed with the bonding surface on the adhesive layer F2a side facing downward, and the bonding surface of the optical member sheet FX will be prevented from being scratched or adhered with foreign matter, etc. Can be suppressed.
  • the film bonding system 1 moves the liquid crystal panel P to a loading position (respective rotary starting positions 11a, 16a), a bonding position (removing each suction stage 41), and a carry-out position (respective rotary final positions 11b, 16b).
  • a loading position reference rotary starting positions 11a, 16a
  • a bonding position removing each suction stage 41
  • a carry-out position reference rotary final positions 11b, 16b.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 113 according to the present embodiment.
  • the 2nd bonding apparatus and the 3rd bonding apparatus abbreviate
  • the first detection camera 34, the second detection camera 35, and the third detection camera 36 are not shown for convenience.
  • the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveyance direction.
  • the collection stage 42 is disposed at a position facing the knife edge 31c with the suction stage 41 interposed therebetween.
  • the same effects as those of the first embodiment can be obtained, such as the adhesion of foreign matter or the like to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed.
  • the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveying direction, the movement of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can also be linear. Accordingly, the moving axis of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can be reduced compared to the configuration in which the collecting stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, and defective product sheet pieces can be collected smoothly. .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 213 according to the present embodiment.
  • the 2nd bonding apparatus and the 3rd bonding apparatus abbreviate
  • the first detection camera 34, the second detection camera 35, and the third detection camera 36 are not shown for convenience.
  • the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are arranged linearly along the sheet conveyance direction.
  • the collection stage 42 is disposed between the knife edge 31 c and the suction stage 41.
  • the same effects as those of the first embodiment can be obtained, such as the adhesion of foreign matter or the like to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed.
  • the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveying direction, the movement of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can also be linear. Accordingly, the moving axis of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can be reduced compared to the configuration in which the collecting stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, and defective product sheet pieces can be collected smoothly. .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic configuration diagram of the film bonding system 2 of the present embodiment.
  • the film bonding system 2 is described in two upper and lower stages.
  • the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the width and length of the optical member F1X bonded by the bonding head 32 is equivalent to that in the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P is taken as an example.
  • a cutting device for cutting off an excess portion of the sheet piece is provided. In this respect, it differs greatly from the first embodiment.
  • the film bonding system 2 has long, strip-like first, second, and third optical member sheets F1, F2, and F3 (optical members) on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the first, second and third optical members F11, F12, F13 are bonded together.
  • the first, second, and third optical members F11, F12, and F13 are first, second, and third sheet pieces F1m, F2m, and F3m (hereinafter collectively referred to as sheet pieces FXm). In other cases, the excess portion outside the display area is cut off.
  • FIG. 17 is a plan view (top view) of the film bonding system 2, and the film bonding system 2 will be described below with reference to FIGS.
  • an arrow F indicates the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the upstream side in the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P is referred to as the upstream side of the panel transport
  • the downstream side in the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P is referred to as the downstream side of the panel transport.
  • the film bonding system 2 sets the predetermined position of the main conveyor 5 as the start point 5a and the end point 5b of the bonding process.
  • the film bonding system 2 includes a first sub conveyor 6 and a second sub conveyor 7, a first conveying device 8, a cleaning device 9, a first rotary index 11, a second conveying device 12, and a first bonding.
  • the apparatus 13 and the 2nd bonding apparatus 15, the film peeling apparatus 14, and the 1st cutting device 51 are provided.
  • the film bonding system 2 includes a second rotary index 16 provided on the panel transport downstream side of the first rotary index 11, a third transport device 17, a third bonding device 18, and a second cutting device 52.
  • the second sub-conveyor 7, the fourth transport device 21, and the fifth transport device 22 are provided.
  • the film laminating system 2 uses the lines formed by the driven main conveyor 5, the sub conveyors 6 and 7, and the rotary indexes 11 and 16 to transfer the liquid crystal panel P to the liquid crystal panel P in order. Apply.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed, for example, in the main conveyor 5 with the short side of the display area P4 along the conveying direction, and in each of the sub conveyors 6 and 7 orthogonal to the main conveyor 5, the long side of the display area P4 is conveyed in the conveying direction.
  • the long side of the display area P 4 is conveyed in a direction along the radial direction of each rotary index 11, 16.
  • the film bonding system 2 bonds a sheet piece (corresponding to the optical member F1X) of the bonding sheet F5 cut out to a predetermined length from the belt-shaped optical member sheet FX on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the first rotary index 11 is rotationally driven clockwise with the carry-in position from the second transport device 12 (left end portion in plan view in FIG. 17) as the first rotary starting position 11a.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (upper end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 1st rotary first departure position 11a the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the first bonding apparatus 13 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • seat piece F1m of the backlight side in liquid crystal panel P is bonded by the 1st bonding apparatus 13.
  • FIG. The first sheet piece F1m is a sheet piece of the first optical member sheet F1 having a size larger than the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the 1st optical member bonding body PA1 is formed when the 1st sheet piece F1m is bonded by the 1st bonding apparatus 13 on the surface one side of liquid crystal panel P. As shown in FIG. 1st optical member bonding body PA1 is carried in from the 1st bonding apparatus 13 to the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c of the 1st rotary index 11 by the conveyance robot not shown.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the film peeling position 11e the position (upper right end part of FIG. 17) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c. At the film peeling position 11e, the film peeling device 14 peels the surface protection film F4a of the first sheet piece F1m.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (right end position of FIG. 17) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the film peeling position 11e the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the second bonding apparatus 15 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 bonds the 2nd sheet piece F2m by the side of the backlight in liquid crystal panel P.
  • the second sheet piece F2m is a sheet piece of the second optical member sheet F2 having a size larger than the display area of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the 2nd optical member bonding body PA2 is formed by the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 bonding the 2nd sheet piece F2m to the surface at the side of the 1st sheet piece F1m of 1st optical member bonding body PA1.
  • 2nd optical member bonding body PA2 is carried in from the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 to the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d of the 1st rotary index 11 by the conveyance robot not shown.
  • the 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd bonding position 11d the 1st rotary terminal position (1st cutting position) 11b.
  • the first rotary terminal position 11b is a first cutting position where the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m are cut by the first cutting device 51.
  • the 1st cutting device 51 puts together the excess part arrange
  • the first optical member F11 made of the first optical member sheet F1 and the second optical member F12 made of the second optical member sheet F2 are formed as optical members having a size corresponding to the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. .
  • the “part facing the display region P4” is a region having a size not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the optical display component (liquid crystal panel P). And the area
  • the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 are not misaligned, and the outside of the display area P4.
  • the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 that match the shape of the periphery are obtained.
  • the cutting process of the 1st sheet piece F1m and the 2nd sheet piece F2m is also simplified.
  • the first optical device F11 and the first optical member F11 and the second surface piece of the liquid crystal panel P are separated from the first and second surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portions of the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m from the second optical member bonding body PA2 by the first cutting device 51.
  • 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 formed by bonding 2 optical member F12 is formed.
  • the surplus part cut off from the first sheet piece FX1 and the second sheet piece F2m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
  • 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 is carried out by the 3rd conveying apparatus 17 in the 1st rotary terminal position 11b.
  • 3rd conveyance apparatus 17 hold maintains liquid crystal panel P (3rd optical member bonding body PA3), and conveys it freely in a vertical direction and a horizontal direction.
  • the third transport device 17 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second rotary starting position 16a of the second rotary index 16, and reverses the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P during this transport, so that the second rotary starting position The suction is released at 16 a and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the second rotary index 16.
  • the second rotary index 16 is rotated in the clockwise direction with the carry-in position from the third transport device 17 (the upper end portion in plan view in FIG. 17) as the second rotary initial position 16a.
  • the 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (right end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd rotary initial position 16a the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c.
  • the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the third bonding apparatus 18 by a transport robot (not shown).
  • the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 bonds the 3rd sheet piece F3m by the side of a display surface.
  • the third sheet piece F3m is a sheet piece of the third optical member sheet F3 having a size larger than the display area of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the third bonding device 18 changes the surface of the liquid crystal panel P to the other surface (the surface opposite to the surface on which the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 of the third optical member bonding body PA3 are bonded).
  • the fourth optical member bonding body PA4 is formed by bonding the three sheet pieces F3m. 4th optical member bonding body PA4 is carried in from the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 to the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c of the 2nd rotary index 16 by the conveyance robot not shown.
  • the 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 3rd bonding position 16c the 2nd cutting position 16d.
  • the third sheet piece F3m is cut by the second cutting device 52.
  • the third optical member F13 is bonded to the other side of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portion of the third sheet piece F3m from the fourth optical member bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 52, and the liquid crystal
  • the 5th optical member bonding body PA5 formed by bonding the 1st optical member F11 and the 2nd optical member F12 to the surface one side of the panel P is formed.
  • the surplus part cut off from the third sheet piece F3m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
  • the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 are, for example, CO2 laser cutters.
  • the structure of the 1st and 2nd cutting devices 51 and 52 is not limited to this, For example, it is also possible to use other cutting means, such as a cutting blade.
  • the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 cut the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P in an endless manner along the outer peripheral edge of the display region P4.
  • the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 are connected to the same laser output device 53.
  • the excess portion disposed outside the portion facing the display region P4 is separated from the sheet piece FXm, and an optical having a size corresponding to the display region P4.
  • Cutting means for forming the member sheet FX is configured.
  • the high-power laser light output from the laser output device 53 is branched into two, and the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device. You may supply to the apparatus 52.
  • FIG. 1 the high-power laser light output from the laser output device 53 is branched into two, and the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device. You may supply to the apparatus 52.
  • the second rotary index 16 has a position (left end portion in FIG. 17) rotated 90 ° clockwise from the second cutting position 16d as the second rotary terminal position 16b.
  • the fifth optical member bonding body PA5 is carried out by the fourth transport device 21 at the second rotary terminal position 16b.
  • the 4th conveyance apparatus 21 hold maintains liquid crystal panel P (5th optical member bonding body PA5), and conveys it freely in a perpendicular direction and a horizontal direction.
  • the fourth transport device 21 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second starting position 7a of the second sub-conveyor 7, releases the suction at the second starting position 7a, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the second sub-conveying position 7a. Delivered to the conveyor 7.
  • the fifth transport device 22 holds the liquid crystal panel P (fifth optical member bonding body PA5) and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
  • the fifth transport device 22 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, releases the suction at the end point 5b, and delivers the liquid crystal panel P to the main conveyor 5.
  • An unillustrated bonding inspection position is installed on the transport path of the liquid crystal panel P (fifth optical member bonding body PA5) after the second rotary terminal position 16b, and film bonding is performed at this bonding inspection position.
  • An inspection (not shown) of the workpiece (liquid crystal panel P) subjected to the inspection is performed.
  • the work determined that the position of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is not appropriate is discharged out of the system by a not-shown discharging means.
  • the first bonding apparatus 13 will be described with an example of the bonding process of the bonding sheet F5 to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the description about the bonding process by the 2nd and 3rd bonding apparatuses 15 and 18 which have the same structure as the 1st bonding apparatus 13 is abbreviate
  • the 1st bonding apparatus 13 cuts out the sheet piece (1st sheet piece F1m) of the bonding sheet
  • the suction stage 41 is driven and controlled by the control device 25 based on the detection information of each of the detection cameras 34 to 38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to the bonding head 32 in each bonding position is performed.
  • the bonding sheet F5 sheet piece FXm
  • the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical member F1X for the liquid crystal panel P is suppressed.
  • the accuracy in the optical axis direction of the optical display device is improved, and the vividness and contrast of the optical display device are increased.
  • the polarizer film constituting the optical member sheet FX is formed by, for example, uniaxially stretching a PVA film dyed with a dichroic dye, but the PVA film has uneven thickness or dichroism when stretched. There may be a variation in the direction of the academic axis in the plane of the optical member sheet FX due to uneven coloring of the pigment.
  • the control device 25 uses the liquid crystal panel for the optical member sheet FX based on the inspection data of the in-plane distribution of the optical axis in each part of the optical member sheet FX stored in advance in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16).
  • P bonding position (relative bonding position) is determined.
  • each bonding apparatus 13,15,18 aligns liquid crystal panel P with respect to the sheet piece FXm cut out from the optical member sheet
  • the determination method of the bonding position (relative bonding position) of the sheet piece FXm to the liquid crystal panel P is, for example, as follows.
  • a plurality of inspection points CP are set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the direction of the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is detected at each inspection point CP.
  • the timing for detecting the optical axis may be at the time of manufacturing the original fabric roll R1, or may be until the optical member sheet FX is unwound from the original fabric roll R1 and half cut.
  • Data in the optical axis direction of the optical member sheet FX is stored in a storage device (not shown) in association with the position of the optical member sheet FX (position in the longitudinal direction and position in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX).
  • the control device 25 acquires the optical axis data (inspection data of the in-plane distribution of the optical axis) of each inspection point CP from the storage device (not shown), and the optical member sheet FX (cut) of the portion from which the sheet piece FXm is cut out. The direction of the average optical axis in the area defined by the lead-in line CL is detected.
  • an angle (deviation angle) formed between the direction of the optical axis and the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected for each inspection point CP, and the largest of the deviation angles (maximum deviation).
  • the direction that forms the average deviation angle ⁇ mid with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected as the average direction of the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX.
  • the deviation angle is calculated, for example, with the counterclockwise direction being positive with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX and the clockwise direction being negative.
  • the direction of the average optical axis of the optical member sheet FX detected by the above method makes a desired angle with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the bonding position (relative bonding position) of the sheet piece FXm is determined. For example, when the direction of the optical axis of the optical member F1X is set to be 90 ° with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4 according to the design specifications, the average optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is set.
  • the sheet piece FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P so that the direction is 90 ° with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4.
  • the above-described cutting devices 51 and 52 detect the outer peripheral edge of the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P with a detecting means such as a camera, and the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is along the outer peripheral edge of the display area P4. Cut endlessly.
  • the outer peripheral edge of the display area P4 is detected by imaging the edge of the liquid crystal panel P, the alignment mark provided on the liquid crystal panel P, or the outermost edge of the black matrix provided in the display area P4.
  • a frame portion G (see FIG. 3) having a predetermined width for arranging a sealant or the like for bonding the first and second substrates of the liquid crystal panel P is provided.
  • the sheet piece FXm is cut by the cutting devices 51 and 52.
  • the detection method of the direction of the average optical axis in the surface of the optical member sheet FX is not limited to the above method.
  • one or a plurality of inspection points CP is selected from a plurality of inspection points CP (see FIG. 18A) set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the direction of the optical axis is selected for each selected inspection point CP.
  • the angle (deviation angle) formed by the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected.
  • the average value of the deviation angles in the optical axis direction of the selected one or more inspection points CP is detected as the average deviation angle, and the direction forming the average deviation angle with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is optically detected. You may detect as the direction of the average optical axis of member sheet FX.
  • the film bonding system 2 in the present embodiment is formed by bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, and among the long side and the short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. While the belt-shaped optical member sheet FX having a width wider than the length of one of the sides is unwound from the original roll R1, the optical member sheet FX is placed on the other side of the long side and the short side of the display region P4. After being cut to a length longer than the length to form a sheet piece FXm, the sheet pieces FXm are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, and the sheet pieces FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P are displayed.
  • Cutting devices 51 and 52 for cutting off an excess portion disposed outside the portion facing the region P4 and forming an optical member F1X having a size corresponding to the display region P4, and bonding devices 13, 15, and 18
  • An unwinding unit 31a for unwinding the optical member sheet FX together with the separator sheet F3a from the raw roll R1, and a determination unit for determining whether or not the optical member sheet FX unwound by the unwinding unit 31a includes a defect.
  • a bonding head 32 that holds the peeled non-defective sheet pieces and bonds them to the liquid crystal panel P, and holds the defective product sheet pieces peeled from the separator sheet F3a and bonds them to the recovery stage 42, and a bonding head. And a moving device 70 that moves 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42.
  • the defective sheet piece can be discarded and pasted on the collection stage 42. Therefore, the defective sheet piece can be removed without using a removal film or the like separate from the separator. Moreover, compared with the structure which collects the exclusion film different from a separator with a defective product sheet piece, the exclusion film can be omitted, and the cost required for the exclusion film can be omitted. In addition, since the defective sheet piece can be collected using the collection stage 42, it is not necessary to provide a separate device for collecting the film for exclusion, and the device configuration can be simplified. Further, the non-defective sheet piece can be bonded to the liquid crystal panel P while removing the defective sheet piece. Therefore, it is possible to effectively collect defective sheet pieces.
  • the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G (see FIG. 3) outside the display area P4 is narrowed to expand the display area and equipment. Can be reduced in size.
  • the 1st cutting device 51 and the 2nd cutting device 52 are laser cutters, the 1st cutting device 51 and the 2nd cutting device 52 are connected to the same laser output device 53,
  • the laser output from the laser output device 53 may be branched and supplied to the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52.
  • the production system of the optical display device can be downsized.
  • the size of the surplus portion of the sheet piece FXm (the size of the portion that protrudes outside the liquid crystal panel P) is appropriately set according to the size of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the distance between one side of the sheet piece FXm and one side of the liquid crystal panel P is 2 mm on each side of the sheet piece FXm. Set to a length in the range of ⁇ 5 mm.
  • the film bonding system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the illustration of the second sheet piece F2m is omitted for convenience.
  • symbol is attached
  • the optical member F1X in this embodiment is formed by separating the excess part of the outer side of the bonding surface from the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the film bonding system includes a first detection device 91 (see FIG. 20).
  • the 1st detection apparatus 91 is provided in a panel conveyance downstream rather than the 2nd bonding position 11d.
  • the 1st detection apparatus 91 detects the edge of the bonding surface (henceforth a 1st bonding surface) of liquid crystal panel P and the 1st sheet piece F1m.
  • the first detection device 91 includes an edge ED (outside of the bonding surface) of the first bonding surface SA1 in the four inspection areas CA installed on the conveyance path of the upstream conveyor 6. Edge).
  • region CA is arrange
  • the edge ED is detected for each liquid crystal panel P conveyed on the line.
  • the edge ED data detected by the first detection device 91 is stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16).
  • region CA may be arrange
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the first detection device 91.
  • the first detection device 91 has an illumination light source 94 that illuminates the edge ED and the first bonding surface SA1 rather than the edge ED with respect to the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1.
  • an image pickup device 93 that is arranged in an inwardly inclined posture and picks up an image of the edge ED from the side on which the first sheet piece F1m of the first optical member bonding body PA1 is bonded.
  • the illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 are respectively arranged in the four inspection areas CA (positions corresponding to the four corners of the first bonding surface SA1) shown in FIG.
  • An angle ⁇ (hereinafter referred to as an inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93) formed by the normal line of the first bonding surface SA1 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 is divided into panels within the imaging field of the imaging device 93. It is preferable to set so that time lag, burrs and the like do not enter. For example, when the end surface of the second substrate P2 is shifted outward from the end surface of the first substrate P1, the inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93 is such that the edge of the second substrate P2 enters the imaging field of the imaging device 93. Set to not.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93 is set so as to match the distance H between the first bonding surface SA1 and the center of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 (hereinafter referred to as the height H of the imaging device 93). It is preferred that for example, when the height H of the imaging device 93 is 50 mm or more and 100 mm or less, the inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93 is preferably set to an angle in the range of 5 ° or more and 20 ° or less. However, when the deviation amount is empirically known, the height H of the imaging device 93 and the inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93 can be obtained based on the deviation amount. In the present embodiment, the height H of the imaging device 93 is set to 78 mm, and the inclination angle ⁇ of the imaging device 93 is set to 10 °.
  • the illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 are fixedly arranged in each inspection area CA.
  • the illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 may be arrange
  • the illumination light source 94 is arrange
  • the illumination light source 94 is arrange
  • the optical axis of the illumination light source 94 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 are parallel.
  • the illumination light source may be arrange
  • optical axis of the illumination light source 94 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 may slightly cross each other.
  • each of the imaging device 93 and the illumination light source 94 may be disposed at a position overlapping the edge ED along the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1.
  • a distance H1 between the first bonding surface SA1 and the center of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 (hereinafter referred to as a height H1 of the imaging device 93) detects the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. It is preferable to set the position at an easy position.
  • the height H1 of the imaging device 93 is preferably set in a range of 50 mm or more and 150 mm or less.
  • the cut position of the first sheet piece F1m is adjusted based on the detection result of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1.
  • the control device 25 acquires the data of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16), and the first optical member F11 is outside the liquid crystal panel P (see FIG. 16).
  • the cut position of the 1st sheet piece F1m is determined so that it may become the magnitude
  • the first cutting device 51 cuts the first sheet piece F1m at the cutting position determined by the control device 25.
  • the first cutting device 51 is provided on the downstream side of the panel conveyance from the first detection device 91.
  • the 1st cutting device 51 puts together the excess part arrange
  • the first optical member F11 made of the first optical member sheet F1 and the second optical member F12 made of the second optical member sheet F2 are formed as optical members having a size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1.
  • the “size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1” is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the liquid crystal panel P, and Indicates the size of the area that avoids functional parts such as electrical component mounting parts.
  • the first cutting device 51 cuts off the excess portions of the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m from the second optical member bonding body PA2, so that the first optical member F11 and the first optical member F11 on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P are separated.
  • 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 formed by bonding 2 optical member F12 is formed.
  • the 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 and the part (each optical member F11, F12) corresponding to 1st bonding surface SA1 are cut off, and the surplus part of each sheet piece F1m, F2m which remains in frame shape.
  • the surplus part cut off from the first sheet piece FX1 and the second sheet piece F2m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
  • the “part corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1” is a region that is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the liquid crystal panel P, and a functional part such as an electrical component mounting portion. Indicates the area that was avoided.
  • the surplus portion is laser-cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P, and in one side corresponding to the functional portion, the liquid crystal The surplus portion is laser-cut at a position that appropriately enters the display region P4 side from the outer peripheral edge of the panel P.
  • a sheet piece is pasted in a region avoiding the functional portion in the liquid crystal panel P in advance, and then along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P on three sides excluding the functional portion in the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view. The excess portion may be laser cut.
  • a film bonding system is provided with the 2nd detection apparatus 92 (refer FIG. 20).
  • the 2nd detection apparatus 92 is provided in the panel conveyance downstream rather than the 3rd bonding position 16c.
  • the 2nd detection apparatus 92 detects the edge of the bonding surface (henceforth a 2nd bonding surface) of liquid crystal panel P and the 3rd sheet piece F3m.
  • the edge data detected by the second detection device 92 is stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16).
  • the cut position of the third sheet piece F3m is adjusted based on the detection result of the edge of the second bonding surface.
  • the control device 25 acquires the data of the edge of the second bonding surface stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16), and the third optical member F13 is outside the liquid crystal panel P (second The cut position of the 3rd sheet piece F3m is determined so that it may become the magnitude
  • the second cutting device 52 cuts the third sheet piece F3m at the cutting position determined by the control device 25.
  • the second cutting device 52 is provided on the downstream side of the panel conveyance with respect to the second detection device 92.
  • the 2nd cutting device 52 cut
  • the optical member (third optical member F13) is formed.
  • the “size corresponding to the second bonding surface” is a size not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the liquid crystal panel P, and electric Indicates the size of the area that avoids the functional parts such as the parts mounting part. In the present embodiment, it is the size of the outer shape of the second substrate P2.
  • the third optical member F13 is bonded to the other side of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portion of the third sheet piece F3m from the fourth optical member bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 52, and the liquid crystal
  • the 5th optical member bonding body PA5 formed by bonding the 1st optical member F11 and the 2nd optical member F12 to the surface one side of the panel P is formed.
  • the 5th optical member bonding body PA5 and the excess part of the 3rd sheet piece F3m which a part (3rd optical member F13) corresponding to a 2nd bonding surface is cut off, and remain in frame shape are isolate
  • the surplus part cut off from the third sheet piece F3m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
  • the “part corresponding to the second bonding surface” is a region that is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the liquid crystal panel P, and a functional part such as an electrical component mounting portion. Indicates the area that was avoided.
  • the surplus portions are laser-cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P on the four sides of the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view. For example, when the portion corresponding to the second bonding surface is the bonding surface of the CF substrate, there is no portion corresponding to the functional portion, so that the four sides of the liquid crystal panel P are cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P. .
  • the 1st cutting device 51 is a 1st sheet
  • Each of the piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m is cut.
  • the film bonding system of the present embodiment after the sheet piece FXm larger than the display region P4 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet on which the sheet piece FXm is bonded.
  • the bonding surface By detecting the outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface with the piece FXm and cutting off the surplus portion arranged outside the portion corresponding to the bonding surface from the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding surface The corresponding size optical member F1X can be formed on the surface of the liquid crystal panel P.
  • the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G outside the display area P4 can be narrowed to enlarge the display area and downsize the device.
  • the outer periphery of the bonding surface is detected for every some liquid crystal panel P using a detection apparatus, and it pastes for every liquid crystal panel P based on the detected outer periphery.
  • Second Detection device detection device
  • P Liquid crystal panel
  • P4 Display area
  • F1 ... First optical member sheet optical member sheet
  • F2 Second optical member sheet
  • F ... optical member sheet, F3a ... separator sheet F11 ... first optical member (optical member), F12 ... second optical member (optical member), F13 ... third optical member (optical member), F1X ... optical member, R1 ... Raw roll
  • SA1 ... first bonding surface (bonding surface), ED ... edge of first bonding surface (outer peripheral edge of bonding surface)

Abstract

This production system for an optical display device includes a bonding device that rolls out a belt-shaped optical member sheet from a starting material roll, the optical member sheet having a width corresponding to the display region of an optical display part, and, after cutting the optical member sheet to a length corresponding to the display region to make an optical member, bonds the optical member to the optical display part. The bonding device includes: an unrolling unit that rolls out the optical member sheet from the starting material roll along with a separator sheet; a determining unit that determines whether the optical member sheet rolled out by the unrolling unit contains any defects; a cutting unit that cuts the optical member sheet, while leaving the separator sheet, and on the basis of the determination results of the determining unit forms non-defective optical members not containing defects and defective optical members containing defects; a peeling unit that peels non-defective optical members and defective optical members from the separator sheet; a suction stage having a suction surface that suctions and holds the optical display part; a collecting stage that is disposed in a position so as not to overlap the suction stage as seen in the normal direction to the suction surface and that collects defective optical members; a bonding unit that holds non-defective optical members that have been peeled from the separator sheet and bonds the non-defective optical members to optical display parts, and also holds defective optical members that have been peeled from the separator sheet and bonds the defective optical members to the collecting stage; and a movement device that moves the bonding unit between the peeling unit and the optical display part and between the peeling unit and the collecting stage.

Description

光学表示デバイスの生産システムOptical display device production system
 本発明は、光学表示デバイスの生産システムに関する。
 本願は、2013年2月27日に日本国に出願された特願2013-037565号および2013年5月16日に日本国に出願された特願2013-104407号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to an optical display device production system.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-037565 filed in Japan on February 27, 2013 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-104407 filed in Japan on May 16, 2013. The contents are incorporated here.
 従来、液晶ディスプレイ等の光学表示デバイスの生産システムにおいて、液晶パネル(光学表示部品)に貼合する偏光板等の光学部材は、長尺フィルムから液晶パネルの表示領域に合わせたサイズのシート片に切り出され、梱包されて別ラインに搬送された後、液晶パネルに貼合されることがある(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, in a production system for an optical display device such as a liquid crystal display, an optical member such as a polarizing plate to be bonded to a liquid crystal panel (optical display component) is formed from a long film into a sheet piece having a size matching the display area of the liquid crystal panel After being cut out, packed and transported to another line, it may be bonded to a liquid crystal panel (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
光学表示デバイスの生産システムに用いられる装置として、欠点を含む光学部材(不良品光学部材)を排除する排除装置が知られている(例えば、特許文献2参照)。特許文献2の排除装置は、排除ローラを移動させて、排除用フィルムに、不良品光学部材を粘着剤層を介して付着させて巻き取るように構成されている。 As an apparatus used in a production system of an optical display device, an exclusion apparatus that eliminates an optical member including a defect (defective product optical member) is known (for example, see Patent Document 2). The exclusion device of Patent Literature 2 is configured to move an exclusion roller so that a defective optical member is attached to an exclusion film via an adhesive layer and wound.
日本国特開2003-255132号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2003-255132 日本国特許第4551477号公報Japanese Patent No. 4551477
 しかしながら、特許文献2の構成では、セパレータとは別の排除用フィルムを不良品光学部材とともに回収するので、不良品光学部材を除去するたびに排除用フィルムが廃材になってしまう。また、この構成では、セパレータを回収する装置とは別に、排除用フィルムを回収する装置が必要になるので、装置構成が複雑になるおそれもある。 However, in the configuration of Patent Document 2, since the exclusion film different from the separator is collected together with the defective optical member, the exclusion film becomes a waste material every time the defective optical member is removed. In addition, in this configuration, a device for collecting the exclusion film is required in addition to the device for collecting the separator, so that the device configuration may be complicated.
 本発明はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであって、不良品光学部材を効果的に回収可能な光学表示デバイスの生産システムを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide an optical display device production system capable of effectively collecting defective optical members.
 上記の目的を達成するために、本発明は以下の手段を採用した。
 (1)すなわち、本発明の第一の態様に係る光学表示デバイスの生産システムは、光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、前記光学表示部品の表示領域に対応する幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域に対応する長さでカットして前記光学部材とした後、前記光学部材を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置を含み、前記貼合装置は、前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品光学部材又は前記欠点を含む不良品光学部材を形成するカット部と、前記良品光学部材又は前記不良品光学部材を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品光学部材を回収する回収ステージと、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品光学部材を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品光学部材を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、を含むことを特徴とする。
In order to achieve the above object, the present invention employs the following means.
(1) That is, the optical display device production system according to the first aspect of the present invention is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component, and displays the optical display component. While the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width corresponding to the region is unwound from the original fabric roll, the optical member sheet is cut to a length corresponding to the display region to form the optical member, and then the optical member is the optical member. The bonding apparatus includes a bonding apparatus for bonding to a display component, and the bonding apparatus unwinds the optical member sheet together with a separator sheet from the raw roll, and the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding section. A determination unit that determines whether or not a defect is included, and based on a determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet is cut leaving the separator sheet, A cut part for forming a non-defective optical member that does not include a defect or a defective optical member that includes the defect, a peeling part that separates the non-defective optical member or the defective optical member from the separator sheet, and the optical display component A suction stage having a suction surface to be held, a recovery stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface, and peels from the separator sheet Holding the bonded non-defective optical member and bonding to the optical display component, holding the defective optical member peeled from the separator sheet and bonding to the recovery stage; and the bonding And a moving device that moves the joint portion between the peeling portion and the optical display component or between the peeling portion and the recovery stage. To.
 (2)上記(1)に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システムでは、前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージとは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向に沿って互いに隣り合う位置に配置され、前記回収ステージは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向と直交する方向において前記吸着ステージと隣り合う位置に配置されていてもよい。 (2) In the production system for an optical display device according to (1), the peeling unit and the suction stage are arranged at positions adjacent to each other along a conveyance direction of the optical member sheet, and the collection stage is The optical member sheet may be disposed at a position adjacent to the suction stage in a direction orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet.
 (3)上記(1)に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システムでは、前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージと前記回収ステージとは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されていてもよい。 (3) In the production system for an optical display device according to (1), the separation unit, the suction stage, and the collection stage may be arranged linearly along the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet. Good.
 (4)上記(3)に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システムでは、前記回収ステージは、前記吸着ステージを挟んで前記剥離部と対向する位置に配置されていてもよい。 (4) In the optical display device production system according to (3) above, the recovery stage may be disposed at a position facing the peeling portion with the suction stage interposed therebetween.
 (5)上記(3)に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システムでは、前記回収ステージは、前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージとの間に配置されていてもよい。 (5) In the optical display device production system according to (3) above, the collection stage may be disposed between the peeling unit and the suction stage.
 (6)上記(1)から(5)までのいずれか一項に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システムでは、前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートの前記欠点の部分にマークを付すマーキング装置をさらに含み、前記カット部は、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向の上流側における前記マークの端縁の後続側の部分をカットして前記不良品光学部材としてもよい。 (6) In the optical display device production system according to any one of (1) to (5), a mark is placed on the defect portion of the optical member sheet based on the determination result of the determination unit. The cutting unit may further include a marking device attached thereto, and the cut unit may cut a portion on the upstream side of the edge of the mark on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet to form the defective optical member.
 (7)本発明の第二の態様に係る光学表示デバイスの生産システムは、光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、前記光学表示部品の表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか一方の辺の長さよりも広い幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか他方の辺の長さよりも長い長さでカットしてシート片とした後、前記シート片を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置と、前記光学表示部品に貼合された前記シート片から前記表示領域と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、前記表示領域に対応する大きさの前記光学部材を形成する切断装置と、を含み、前記貼合装置は、前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品シート片又は前記欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成するカット部と、前記良品シート片又は前記不良品シート片を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージと、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品シート片を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品シート片を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、を含むことを特徴とする。 (7) An optical display device production system according to a second aspect of the present invention is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component, and the display area of the optical display component While unwinding the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side from the original roll, the optical member sheet is either the long side or the short side of the display region. After cutting to a length longer than the length of the other side to make a sheet piece, a bonding apparatus for bonding the sheet piece to the optical display component, and the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component A cutting device that cuts off an excess portion disposed outside a portion facing the display region and forms the optical member having a size corresponding to the display region, and the bonding device includes the optical member sheet. The original Based on the unwinding part to be unwound together with the separator sheet from the roll, the determination part for determining whether or not the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding part contains a defect, and the determination result of the determination part, Cutting the optical member sheet leaving the separator sheet, and forming a non-defective sheet piece including the defect or a defective sheet piece including the defect; and the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece. A separation part for separating from the separator sheet, a suction stage having a suction surface for sucking and holding the optical display component, and a position that does not overlap the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface, A collection stage for collecting defective sheet pieces, and the optical display component holding the non-defective sheet pieces peeled from the separator sheet While pasting, holding the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet and pasting to the recovery stage, between the peeling part and the optical display component, the pasting part, Alternatively, a moving device that moves between the peeling unit and the recovery stage is included.
 (8)本発明の第三の態様に係る光学表示デバイスの生産システムは、光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、前記光学表示部品の表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか一方の辺の長さよりも広い幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか他方の辺の長さよりも長い長さでカットしてシート片とした後、前記シート片を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置と、前記シート片が貼合された前記光学表示部品と前記シート片との貼合面の外周縁を検出する検出装置と、前記光学表示部品に貼合された前記シート片から前記貼合面に対応する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、前記貼合面に対応する大きさの前記光学部材を形成する切断装置と、を含み、前記貼合装置は、前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品シート片又は前記欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成するカット部と、前記良品シート片又は前記不良品シート片を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージと、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品シート片を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品シート片を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、を含み、前記切断装置は、前記検出装置が検出した前記光学表示部品と前記シート片との前記貼合面の外周縁に沿って、前記シート片を切断することを特徴とする。
 尚、上記構成中の「光学表示部品とシート片との貼合面」とは、光学表示部品のシート片と対向する面を指し、「貼合面の外周縁」とは、具体的には、光学表示部品においてシート片が貼合された側の基板の外周縁を指す。
 また、シート片の「貼合面に対応する部分」とは、シート片において、シート片と対向する光学表示部品の表示領域の大きさ以上、光学表示部品の外形状(平面視における輪郭形状)の大きさ以下の領域であって、かつ光学表示部品における電気部品取付部等の機能部分を避けた領域を指す。同様に「貼合面に対応する大きさ」とは、光学表示部品の表示領域の大きさ以上、光学表示部品の外形状(平面視における輪郭形状)の大きさ以下の大きさを指す。
(8) An optical display device production system according to a third aspect of the present invention is an optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component. While unwinding the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side from the original roll, the optical member sheet is either the long side or the short side of the display region. After cutting into a sheet piece that is longer than the length of the other side, a bonding apparatus that bonds the sheet piece to the optical display component, and the optical display component on which the sheet piece is bonded A detection device that detects an outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface with the sheet piece, and a surplus portion disposed outside the portion corresponding to the bonding surface from the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component, The size corresponding to the bonding surface A cutting device for forming the optical member, and the laminating device unwinds the optical member sheet from the raw roll together with a separator sheet, and the unwinding unit unwinds the optical member sheet. A determination unit that determines whether or not the optical member sheet includes a defect, and a non-defective sheet that does not include the defect by cutting the optical member sheet leaving the separator sheet based on the determination result of the determination unit A cut part that forms a defective sheet piece including the piece or the defect, a peeling part that peels the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet, and a suction surface that sucks and holds the optical display component And a collection stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface and collects the defective sheet pieces And hold the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet to be bonded to the optical display component, and hold the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet to be bonded to the recovery stage. And a moving device that moves the bonding portion between the peeling portion and the optical display component, or between the peeling portion and the recovery stage, and the cutting device includes: The sheet piece is cut along an outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface between the optical display component and the sheet piece detected by the detection device.
In addition, the “bonding surface between the optical display component and the sheet piece” in the above configuration refers to a surface facing the sheet piece of the optical display component, and “the outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface” specifically refers to In the optical display component, the outer peripheral edge of the substrate on which the sheet piece is bonded is indicated.
Further, the “part corresponding to the bonding surface” of the sheet piece means that the outer shape of the optical display component (contour shape in plan view) is not less than the size of the display area of the optical display component facing the sheet piece. Is a region that is smaller than the size of the optical display component and avoids a functional portion such as an electrical component mounting portion in the optical display component. Similarly, the “size corresponding to the bonding surface” refers to a size not less than the size of the display area of the optical display component and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the optical display component.
 本発明によれば、不良品光学部材を効果的に回収可能な光学表示デバイスの生産システムを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical display device production system capable of effectively collecting defective optical members.
第一実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムの概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the film bonding system which concerns on 1st embodiment. 液晶パネルの平面図である。It is a top view of a liquid crystal panel. 図2のA-A断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 2. 第一実施形態に係る光学部材シートの断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the optical member sheet | seat which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第一実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムの平面図である。It is a top view of the film bonding system which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第一実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 1st embodiment. 第一実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の概略斜視図である。It is a schematic perspective view of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 1st embodiment. 光学部材シートにおけるマークの概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of the mark in an optical member sheet | seat. 良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the cutting position for forming a non-defective sheet piece. マークが1つの場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the cutting position for forming inferior goods sheet piece in case of one mark. マークが複数の場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the cut position for forming the inferior goods sheet piece in case there are two or more marks. マークが隣り合う2つのシート片の継ぎ目にある場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the cut position for forming the inferior-goods sheet piece in case a mark exists in the joint of two adjacent sheet pieces. 不良品シート片の回収フローチャートである。It is a collection flowchart of a defective product sheet piece. 第二実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 2nd embodiment. 第三実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 3rd embodiment. 第四実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムの概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the film bonding system which concerns on 4th embodiment. 第四実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムの平面図である。It is a top view of the film bonding system which concerns on 4th embodiment. 液晶パネルに対するシート片の貼合位置の決定方法の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the determination method of the bonding position of the sheet piece with respect to a liquid crystal panel. 液晶パネルに対するシート片の貼合位置の決定方法の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the determination method of the bonding position of the sheet piece with respect to a liquid crystal panel. 貼合面の端縁の検出工程を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the detection process of the edge of a bonding surface. 検出装置の模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of a detection apparatus. 検出装置の変形例を示す模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the modification of a detection apparatus.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。本実施形態では、光学表示デバイスの生産システムとして、その一部を構成するフィルム貼合システムについて説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. This embodiment demonstrates the film bonding system which comprises the one part as a production system of an optical display device.
 図1は本実施形態のフィルム貼合システム1の概略構成図である。フィルム貼合システム1は、例えば液晶パネルや有機ELパネルといったパネル状の光学表示部品に、偏光フィルムや位相差フィルム、輝度上昇フィルムといったフィルム状の光学部材を貼合するもので、前記光学表示部品及び光学部材を含んだ光学表示デバイスを生産する生産システムの一部として構成される。フィルム貼合システム1では、前記光学表示部品として液晶パネルPを用いている。図1では図示都合上、フィルム貼合システム1を上下二段に分けて記載している。 FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment. The film laminating system 1 is for laminating a film-shaped optical member such as a polarizing film, a retardation film, or a brightness enhancement film on a panel-shaped optical display component such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL panel. And an optical display device including an optical member. In the film bonding system 1, the liquid crystal panel P is used as the optical display component. In FIG. 1, for convenience of illustration, the film bonding system 1 is illustrated in two upper and lower stages.
 図2は液晶パネルPをその液晶層P3の厚さ方向から見た平面図である。液晶パネルPは、平面視で長方形状をなす第一基板P1と、第一基板P1に対向して配置される比較的小形の長方形状をなす第二基板P2と、第一基板P1と第二基板P2との間に封入された液晶層P3とを備える。液晶パネルPは、平面視で第一基板P1の外形状に沿う長方形状をなし、平面視で液晶層P3の外周の内側に収まる領域を表示領域P4とする。 FIG. 2 is a plan view of the liquid crystal panel P viewed from the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer P3. The liquid crystal panel P includes a first substrate P1 that has a rectangular shape in plan view, a second substrate P2 that has a relatively small rectangular shape disposed to face the first substrate P1, a first substrate P1, and a second substrate. And a liquid crystal layer P3 sealed between the substrate P2. The liquid crystal panel P has a rectangular shape that conforms to the outer shape of the first substrate P1 in plan view, and a region that fits inside the outer periphery of the liquid crystal layer P3 in plan view is defined as a display region P4.
 図3は図2のA-A断面図である。液晶パネルPの表裏面には、長尺帯状の第一、第二及び第三光学部材シートF1,F2,F3(図1参照、以下、光学部材シートFXと総称することがある。)から切り出した第一、第二及び第三光学部材F11,F12,F13(以下、光学部材F1Xと総称することがある。)が適宜貼合される。本実施形態では、液晶パネルPのバックライト側及び表示面側の両面には、偏光フィルムとしての第一光学部材F11及び第三光学部材F13がそれぞれ貼合され、液晶パネルPのバックライト側の面には、第一光学部材F11に重ねて輝度向上フィルムとしての第二光学部材F12がさらに貼合される。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. The front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P are cut out from the first, second, and third optical member sheets F1, F2, and F3 (refer to FIG. 1; hereinafter, sometimes collectively referred to as the optical member sheet FX) having a long strip shape. The first, second, and third optical members F11, F12, and F13 (hereinafter may be collectively referred to as the optical member F1X) are appropriately bonded. In the present embodiment, the first optical member F11 and the third optical member F13 as polarizing films are bonded to both the backlight side and the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, respectively. On the surface, a second optical member F12 as a brightness enhancement film is further bonded to the first optical member F11.
 図4は液晶パネルPに貼合する光学部材シートFXの部分断面図である。光学部材シートFXは、フィルム状の光学部材本体F1aと、光学部材本体F1aの一方の面(図4では上面)に設けられた粘着層F2aと、粘着層F2aを介して光学部材本体F1aの一方の面に分離可能に積層されたセパレータシートF3aと、光学部材本体F1aの他方の面(図4では下面)に積層された表面保護フィルムF4aとを有する。光学部材本体F1aは偏光板として機能し、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4の全域とその周辺領域とにわたって貼合される。尚、図示都合上、図4の各層のハッチングは略す。 FIG. 4 is a partial cross-sectional view of the optical member sheet FX bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. The optical member sheet FX includes a film-shaped optical member main body F1a, an adhesive layer F2a provided on one surface (the upper surface in FIG. 4) of the optical member main body F1a, and one of the optical member main bodies F1a via the adhesive layer F2a. The separator sheet F3a is detachably stacked on the surface, and the surface protection film F4a is stacked on the other surface (the lower surface in FIG. 4) of the optical member body F1a. The optical member main body F1a functions as a polarizing plate, and is bonded over the entire display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P and its peripheral area. For convenience of illustration, hatching of each layer in FIG. 4 is omitted.
 光学部材本体F1aは、その一方の面に粘着層F2aを残しつつセパレータシートF3aを分離させした状態で、液晶パネルPに粘着層F2aを介して貼合される。以下、光学部材シートFXからセパレータシートF3aを除いた部分を貼合シートF5という。 The optical member body F1a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P via the adhesive layer F2a in a state where the separator sheet F3a is separated while leaving the adhesive layer F2a on one surface thereof. Hereinafter, the part remove | excluding the separator sheet F3a from the optical member sheet | seat FX is called the bonding sheet | seat F5.
 セパレータシートF3aは、粘着層F2aから分離されるまでの間に粘着層F2a及び光学部材本体F1aを保護する。表面保護フィルムF4aは、光学部材本体F1aと共に液晶パネルPに貼合される。表面保護フィルムF4aは、光学部材本体F1aに対して液晶パネルPと反対側に配置されて光学部材本体F1aを保護する。表面保護フィルムF4aは、所定のタイミングで光学部材本体F1aから分離される。尚、光学部材シートFXが表面保護フィルムF4aを含まない構成であったり、表面保護フィルムF4aが光学部材本体F1aから分離されない構成であったりしてもよい。 The separator sheet F3a protects the adhesive layer F2a and the optical member body F1a before being separated from the adhesive layer F2a. The surface protective film F4a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P together with the optical member body F1a. The surface protective film F4a is disposed on the side opposite to the liquid crystal panel P with respect to the optical member body F1a to protect the optical member body F1a. The surface protective film F4a is separated from the optical member main body F1a at a predetermined timing. The optical member sheet FX may be configured not to include the surface protective film F4a, or the surface protective film F4a may be configured not to be separated from the optical member main body F1a.
 光学部材本体F1aは、シート状の偏光子F6と、偏光子F6の一方の面に接着剤等で接合される第一フィルムF7と、偏光子F6の他方の面に接着剤等で接合される第二フィルムF8とを有する。第一フィルムF7及び第二フィルムF8は、例えば偏光子F6を保護する保護フィルムである。 The optical member body F1a is bonded to the sheet-like polarizer F6, the first film F7 bonded to one surface of the polarizer F6 with an adhesive or the like, and the other surface of the polarizer F6 with an adhesive or the like. And a second film F8. The first film F7 and the second film F8 are protective films that protect the polarizer F6, for example.
 尚、光学部材本体F1aは、一層の光学層からなる単層構造でもよく、複数の光学層が互いに積層された積層構造でもよい。前記光学層は、偏光子F6の他に、位相差フィルムや輝度向上フィルム等でもよい。第一フィルムF7と第二フィルムF8の少なくとも一方は、液晶表示素子の最外面を保護するハードコート処理やアンチグレア処理を含む防眩などの効果が得られる表面処理が施されてもよい。光学部材本体F1aは、第一フィルムF7と第二フィルムF8の少なくとも一方を含まなくてもよい。例えば第一フィルムF7を省略した場合、セパレータシートF3aを光学部材本体F1aの一方の面に粘着層F2aを介して貼り合わせてもよい。 The optical member body F1a may have a single-layer structure composed of a single optical layer, or may have a stacked structure in which a plurality of optical layers are stacked on each other. In addition to the polarizer F6, the optical layer may be a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, or the like. At least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8 may be subjected to a surface treatment that provides an effect such as anti-glare including hard coat treatment and anti-glare treatment for protecting the outermost surface of the liquid crystal display element. The optical member body F1a may not include at least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8. For example, when the first film F7 is omitted, the separator sheet F3a may be bonded to one surface of the optical member body F1a via the adhesive layer F2a.
 図5はフィルム貼合システム1の平面図(上面図)であり、以下、図1,5を参照してフィルム貼合システム1について説明する。尚、図中矢印Fは液晶パネルPの搬送方向を示す。以下の説明では、液晶パネルPの搬送方向上流側をパネル搬送上流側、液晶パネルPの搬送方向下流側をパネル搬送下流側という。 FIG. 5 is a plan view (top view) of the film bonding system 1, and the film bonding system 1 will be described below with reference to FIGS. In the figure, an arrow F indicates the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P. In the following description, the upstream side of the liquid crystal panel P in the transport direction is referred to as the panel transport upstream side, and the downstream side of the liquid crystal panel P in the transport direction is referred to as the panel transport downstream side.
 フィルム貼合システム1は、メインコンベヤ5の所定位置を貼合工程の始点5a及び終点5bとする。フィルム貼合システム1は、始点5aよりメインコンベヤ5から直角方向に延びる第一及び第二サブコンベヤ6,7と、始点5aから第一サブコンベヤ6の第一始発位置6aへ液晶パネルPを搬送する第一搬送装置8と、第一サブコンベヤ6上に設けられる洗浄装置9と、第一サブコンベヤ6のパネル搬送下流側に設けられる第一ロータリインデックス11と、第一サブコンベヤ6の第一終着位置6bから第一ロータリインデックス11の第一ロータリ始発位置11aへ液晶パネルPを搬送する第二搬送装置12と、第一ロータリインデックス11の周囲に設けられる第一貼合装置13及び第二貼合装置15並びにフィルム剥離装置14と、を備える。 The film bonding system 1 sets the predetermined position of the main conveyor 5 as the start point 5a and the end point 5b of the bonding process. The film laminating system 1 conveys the liquid crystal panel P from the starting point 5a to the first and second sub-conveyors 6 and 7 extending in the direction perpendicular to the main conveyor 5 and from the starting point 5a to the first starting position 6a of the first sub-conveyor 6. The first transport device 8, the cleaning device 9 provided on the first sub-conveyor 6, the first rotary index 11 provided on the panel transport downstream side of the first sub-conveyor 6, and the first of the first sub-conveyor 6. A second transport device 12 that transports the liquid crystal panel P from the end position 6 b to the first rotary first position 11 a of the first rotary index 11, and a first bonding device 13 and a second paste that are provided around the first rotary index 11. A combination device 15 and a film peeling device 14.
 また、フィルム貼合システム1は、第一ロータリインデックス11のパネル搬送下流側に設けられる第二ロータリインデックス16と、第一ロータリインデックス11の第一ロータリ終着位置11bから第二ロータリインデックス16の第二ロータリ始発位置16aへ液晶パネルPを搬送する第三搬送装置17と、第二ロータリインデックス16の周囲に設けられる第三貼合装置18及び検査装置19と、第二ロータリインデックス16のパネル搬送下流側に設けられる第二サブコンベヤ7と、第二ロータリインデックス16の第二ロータリ終着位置16bから第二サブコンベヤ7の第二始発位置7aへ液晶パネルPを搬送する第四搬送装置21と、第二サブコンベヤ7の第二終着位置7bからメインコンベヤ5の終点5bへ液晶パネルPを搬送する第五搬送装置22とを備える。 Moreover, the film bonding system 1 includes a second rotary index 16 provided on the panel transport downstream side of the first rotary index 11 and a second rotary index 16 from the first rotary terminal position 11 b of the first rotary index 11. A third transport device 17 that transports the liquid crystal panel P to the rotary starting position 16a, a third bonding device 18 and an inspection device 19 provided around the second rotary index 16, and a panel transport downstream side of the second rotary index 16 A second conveyor 7 provided on the second rotary conveyor 16, a fourth conveyor device 21 for conveying the liquid crystal panel P from the second rotary end position 16b of the second rotary index 16 to the second starting position 7a of the second sub conveyor 7, From the second terminal position 7b of the sub-conveyor 7 to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, the liquid crystal panel P And a fifth transport device 22 for transporting.
 フィルム貼合システム1は、駆動式のメインコンベヤ5、各サブコンベヤ6,7及び各ロータリインデックス11,16が形成するラインを用いて液晶パネルPを搬送しつつ、液晶パネルPに順次所定の処理を施す。液晶パネルPは、その表裏面を水平にした状態でライン上を搬送される。
 液晶パネルPは、例えばメインコンベヤ5では表示領域P4の短辺を搬送方向に沿わせた向きで搬送され、メインコンベヤ5と直交する各サブコンベヤ6,7では表示領域P4の長辺を搬送方向に沿わせた向きで搬送され、各ロータリインデックス11,16では表示領域P4の長辺を各ロータリインデックス11,16の径方向に沿わせた向きで搬送される。図中符号5cは液晶パネルPに対応してメインコンベヤ5上を流れるラックを示す。
The film laminating system 1 performs a predetermined process sequentially on the liquid crystal panel P while transporting the liquid crystal panel P using the lines formed by the drive-type main conveyor 5, the sub-conveyors 6 and 7, and the rotary indexes 11 and 16. Apply. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed on the line with its front and back surfaces being horizontal.
The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed, for example, in the main conveyor 5 with the short side of the display area P4 along the conveying direction, and in each of the sub conveyors 6 and 7 orthogonal to the main conveyor 5, the long side of the display area P4 is conveyed in the conveying direction. In each rotary index 11, 16, the long side of the display area P 4 is conveyed in a direction along the radial direction of each rotary index 11, 16. Reference numeral 5c in the figure indicates a rack that flows on the main conveyor 5 in correspondence with the liquid crystal panel P.
 この液晶パネルPの表裏面に対して、帯状の光学部材シートFXから所定長さに切り出した貼合シートF5のシート片(光学部材F1Xに相当)が貼合される。フィルム貼合システム1の各部は、電子制御装置としての制御装置25により統括制御される。 The sheet piece (corresponding to the optical member F1X) of the bonding sheet F5 cut out to a predetermined length from the band-shaped optical member sheet FX is bonded to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P. Each part of the film bonding system 1 is comprehensively controlled by a control device 25 as an electronic control device.
 第一搬送装置8は、液晶パネルPを保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。
第一搬送装置8は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第一サブコンベヤ6の第一始発位置6a(図5の左端部)へ水平状態のまま搬送し、当該位置で前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第一サブコンベヤ6に受け渡す。
The first transport device 8 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions.
The first transport device 8 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the first starting position 6a (the left end in FIG. 5) of the first sub-conveyor 6 in a horizontal state, and cancels the suction at the position. Then, the liquid crystal panel P is delivered to the first sub-conveyor 6.
 洗浄装置9は、例えば液晶パネルPの表裏面のブラシ掛け及び水洗を行い、その後に液晶パネルPの表裏面の液切りを行う水洗式とされる。尚、洗浄装置9が液晶パネルPの表裏面の静電気除去及び集塵を行う乾式であってもよい。
 第二搬送装置12は、液晶パネルPを保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第二搬送装置12は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第一ロータリインデックス11の第一ロータリ始発位置11aへ水平状態のまま搬送し、当該位置で前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第一ロータリインデックス11に受け渡す。
The cleaning device 9 is, for example, a water-washing type that performs brushing and rinsing of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P and then drains the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P. The cleaning device 9 may be a dry type that performs static electricity removal and dust collection on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
The second transport device 12 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. For example, the second transport device 12 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the first rotary starting position 11a of the first rotary index 11 in a horizontal state, releases the suction at the position, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the first position. Transfer to one rotary index 11.
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、鉛直方向に沿う回転軸を有する円盤状の回転テーブルであり、図5の平面視の左端部を第一ロータリ始発位置11aとして右回りに回転駆動する。第一ロータリインデックス11は、第一ロータリ始発位置11aから右回りに90°回転した位置(図5の上端部)を第一貼合搬出入位置11cとする。 The first rotary index 11 is a disc-shaped rotary table having a rotation axis along the vertical direction, and is driven to rotate clockwise with the left end portion in plan view of FIG. 5 as the first rotary starting position 11a. The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (upper end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 1st rotary first departure position 11a the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c.
 この第一貼合搬出入位置11cにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第一貼合装置13に搬入される。液晶パネルPは、第一貼合装置13によりバックライト側の第一光学部材F11の貼合がなされる。第一光学部材F11が貼合された液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第一貼合装置13から第一ロータリインデックス11の第一貼合搬出入位置11cへと搬入される。 In this first bonding carry-in / out position 11c, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the first bonding apparatus 13 by a transport robot (not shown). The liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first optical member F11 on the backlight side by the first bonding device 13. The liquid crystal panel P to which the first optical member F11 is bonded is carried into the first bonding carry-in / out position 11c of the first rotary index 11 from the first bonding device 13 by a transport robot (not shown).
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、第一貼合搬出入位置11cから右回りに45°回転した位置(図5の右上端部)をフィルム剥離位置11eとする。このフィルム剥離位置11eにて、フィルム剥離装置14による第一光学部材F11の表面保護フィルムF4aの剥離がなされる。
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、フィルム剥離位置11eから右回りに45°回転した位置(図5の右端位置)を第二貼合搬出入位置11dとする。
The 1st rotary index 11 makes the film peeling position 11e the position rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c (upper right end part of FIG. 5). At the film peeling position 11e, the film peeling device 14 peels the surface protective film F4a of the first optical member F11.
The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (right end position of FIG. 5) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the film peeling position 11e the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d.
 この第二貼合搬出入位置11dにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第二貼合装置15に搬入される。液晶パネルPは、第二貼合装置15によりバックライト側の第二光学部材F12の貼合がなされる。第二光学部材F12が貼合された液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第二貼合装置15から第一ロータリインデックス11の第二貼合搬出入位置11dへと搬入される。 At this second bonding carry-in / out position 11d, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the second bonding device 15 by a transport robot (not shown). In the liquid crystal panel P, the second optical member F <b> 12 on the backlight side is bonded by the second bonding device 15. The liquid crystal panel P on which the second optical member F12 is bonded is carried into the second bonding carry-in / out position 11d of the first rotary index 11 from the second bonding device 15 by a transport robot (not shown).
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、第二貼合搬出入位置11dから右回りに90°回転した位置(図5の下端部)を第一ロータリ終着位置11bとする。この第一ロータリ終着位置11bにて、第三搬送装置17による搬出がなされる。
 第三搬送装置17は、液晶パネルPを保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第三搬送装置17は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第二ロータリインデックス16の第二ロータリ始発位置16aへ搬送すると共に、この搬送時に液晶パネルPの表裏を反転し、第二ロータリ始発位置16aで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第二ロータリインデックス16に受け渡す。
The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d the 1st rotary terminal position 11b. Carrying out by the 3rd conveying apparatus 17 is made | formed at this 1st rotary terminal position 11b.
The third transport device 17 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. The third transport device 17 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second rotary starting position 16a of the second rotary index 16, and reverses the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P during this transport, so that the second rotary starting position The suction is released at 16 a and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the second rotary index 16.
 第二ロータリインデックス16は、鉛直方向に沿う回転軸を有する円盤状の回転テーブルであり、図5の平面視の上端部を第二ロータリ始発位置16aとして右回りに回転駆動する。第二ロータリインデックス16は、第二ロータリ始発位置16aから右回りに90°回転した位置(図5の右端部)を第三貼合搬出入位置16cとする。 The second rotary index 16 is a disc-shaped rotary table having a rotation axis along the vertical direction, and is driven to rotate clockwise with the upper end portion in plan view of FIG. 5 as the second rotary starting position 16a. The 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (right end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd rotary first departure position 16a the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c.
 この第三貼合搬出入位置16cにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第三貼合装置18に搬入される。液晶パネルPは、第三貼合装置18により表示面側の第三光学部材F13の貼合がなされる。第三光学部材F13が貼合された液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第三貼合装置18から第二ロータリインデックス16の第三貼合搬出入位置16cへと搬入される。 At this third bonding carry-in / out position 16c, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the third bonding apparatus 18 by a transport robot (not shown). The liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the third optical member F13 on the display surface side by the third bonding device 18. The liquid crystal panel P on which the third optical member F13 is bonded is carried into the third bonding carry-in / out position 16c of the second rotary index 16 from the third bonding device 18 by a transport robot (not shown).
 第二ロータリインデックス16は、第三貼合搬出入位置16cから右回りに90°回転した位置(図5の下端部)を貼合検査位置16dとする。この貼合検査位置16dにて、フィルム貼合がなされたワーク(液晶パネルP)の検査装置19による検査(光学部材F1Xの位置が適正か否か(位置ズレが公差範囲内にあるか否か)等の検査)がなされる。
液晶パネルPに対する光学部材F1Xの位置が適正ではないと判定されたワークは、不図示の払い出し手段によりシステム外に排出される。
The 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 5) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c the bonding inspection position 16d. Inspection at the bonding inspection position 16d by the inspection device 19 of the workpiece (liquid crystal panel P) on which the film is bonded (whether the position of the optical member F1X is appropriate (whether the positional deviation is within the tolerance range) ) Etc.) is made.
The work determined that the position of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is not appropriate is discharged out of the system by a not-shown discharging means.
 第二ロータリインデックス16は、貼合検査位置16dから右回りに90°回転した位置(図5の左端部)を第二ロータリ終着位置16bとする。この第二ロータリ終着位置16bにて、第四搬送装置21による搬出がなされる。 The second rotary index 16 has a position (left end portion in FIG. 5) rotated 90 ° clockwise from the bonding inspection position 16d as a second rotary terminal position 16b. Carrying out by the 4th conveying apparatus 21 is made | formed by this 2nd rotary terminal position 16b.
 第四搬送装置21は、液晶パネルPを保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第四搬送装置21は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第二サブコンベヤ7の第二始発位置7aへ搬送し、第二始発位置7aで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第二サブコンベヤ7に受け渡す。 The fourth transport device 21 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. For example, the fourth transport device 21 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second starting position 7a of the second sub-conveyor 7, releases the suction at the second starting position 7a, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the second sub-conveying position 7a. Delivered to the conveyor 7.
 第五搬送装置22は、液晶パネルPを保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第五搬送装置22は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPをメインコンベヤ5の終点5bへ搬送し、終点5bで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPをメインコンベヤ5に受け渡す。以上をもってフィルム貼合システム1による貼合工程が完了する。 The fifth transport device 22 holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. For example, the fifth transport device 22 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, releases the suction at the end point 5b, and delivers the liquid crystal panel P to the main conveyor 5. With the above, the bonding process by the film bonding system 1 is completed.
 以下、図6~図13を参照して第一貼合装置13の詳細について説明する。図6は第一貼合装置13の概略側面図である。図7は第一貼合装置13の概略斜視図である。尚、第二貼合装置15及び第三貼合装置18も同様の構成を有するものとしてその詳細説明は省略する。
 第一貼合装置13は、液晶パネルPの上面に対して、第一光学部材シートF1における所定サイズにカットした貼合シートF5のシート片(第一光学部材F11)の貼合を行う。
Hereinafter, the details of the first bonding apparatus 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 6 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 13. FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective view of the first bonding apparatus 13. In addition, the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 and the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 abbreviate | omit the detailed description as what has the same structure.
The 1st bonding apparatus 13 bonds the sheet piece (1st optical member F11) of the bonding sheet | seat F5 cut into the predetermined size in the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 with respect to the upper surface of liquid crystal panel P. FIG.
 図6及び図7に示すように、第一貼合装置13は、第一光学部材シートF1が巻回された原反ロールR1から第一光学部材シートF1を巻き出しつつ第一光学部材シートF1をその長手方向に沿って搬送するシート搬送装置31と、欠陥検出装置60と、マーキング装置63と、マーク検出装置64と、吸着ステージ41と、回収ステージ42と、貼合ヘッド32(貼合部)と、移動装置70と、回転装置80と、を備える。 As shown in FIG.6 and FIG.7, the 1st bonding apparatus 13 unwinds the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 from the raw fabric roll R1 in which the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 was wound, and the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1. The sheet conveying device 31, the defect detecting device 60, the marking device 63, the mark detecting device 64, the suction stage 41, the recovery stage 42, and the bonding head 32 (bonding unit). ), A moving device 70, and a rotating device 80.
 シート搬送装置31は、セパレータシートF3aをキャリアとして貼合シートF5を搬送するもので、帯状の第一光学部材シートF1を巻回した原反ロールR1を保持すると共に第一光学部材シートF1をその長手方向に沿って繰り出す巻き出し部31aと、原反ロールR1から巻き出した第一光学部材シートF1にハーフカットを施す切断装置31b(カット部)と、ハーフカットを施した第一光学部材シートF1を鋭角に巻きかけてセパレータシートF3aから貼合シートF5を分離させるナイフエッジ31c(剥離部)と、ナイフエッジ31cを経て単独となったセパレータシートF3aを巻き取るセパレータロールR2を保持する巻き取り部31dと、巻き出し部31aと巻き取り部31dとの間に第一セパレータシートF3aの搬送経路を形成する複数のローラ(例えば、本実施形態では6つのローラ311,312,313,314,315,316)と、複数のローラの少なくとも一つ(例えば、本実施形態ではローラ311)に設けられた測長器33と、を有する。 The sheet conveying device 31 conveys the bonding sheet F5 using the separator sheet F3a as a carrier, holds the raw fabric roll R1 around which the belt-shaped first optical member sheet F1 is wound, and the first optical member sheet F1. The unwinding part 31a which feeds out along a longitudinal direction, the cutting device 31b (cut part) which performs a half cut to the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 unwound from the original fabric roll R1, and the 1st optical member sheet which gave the half cut Knife edge 31c (peeling portion) for separating F1 from separator sheet F3a by winding F1 at an acute angle, and winding for holding separator roll R2 for winding separator sheet F3a that has become independent through knife edge 31c Of the first separator sheet F3a between the portion 31d and the unwinding portion 31a and the winding portion 31d. A plurality of rollers (for example, six rollers 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, and 316 in this embodiment) and at least one of the plurality of rollers (for example, a roller 311 in this embodiment) forming a feeding path And a length measuring device 33 provided.
 第一光学部材シートF1は、その搬送方向と直交する水平方向(シート幅方向)で、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4の幅(本実施形態では表示領域P4の短辺長さに相当)と同等の幅を有している。 The first optical member sheet F1 is equivalent to the width of the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P (corresponding to the short side length of the display area P4 in this embodiment) in the horizontal direction (sheet width direction) orthogonal to the conveying direction. Have a width of
 シート搬送装置31の始点に位置する巻き出し部31aとシート搬送装置31の終点に位置する巻き取り部31dとは、例えば互いに同期して駆動する。これにより、巻き出し部31aが第一光学部材シートF1をその搬送方向へ繰り出しつつ、巻き取り部31dがナイフエッジ31cを経たセパレータシートF3aを巻き取る。以下、シート搬送装置31における第一光学部材シートF1(セパレータシートF3a)の搬送方向上流側をシート搬送上流側、搬送方向下流側をシート搬送下流側という。 The unwinding unit 31a positioned at the start point of the sheet conveying device 31 and the winding unit 31d positioned at the end point of the sheet conveying device 31 are driven in synchronization with each other, for example. Thereby, the winding-up part 31d winds up the separator sheet F3a which passed through the knife edge 31c, while the unwinding part 31a delivers the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 to the conveyance direction. Hereinafter, the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (separator sheet F3a) in the sheet transport apparatus 31 is referred to as the upstream side of the sheet transport, and the downstream side in the transport direction is referred to as the downstream side of the sheet transport.
 複数のローラは、第一光学部材シートF1のうちの少なくともセパレータシートF3aが掛け渡されることによって、搬送経路を形成する。複数のローラは、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF1の進行方向を変化させるローラや搬送中の第一光学部材シートF1のテンションを調整可能なローラ等から選択されるローラによって構成されている。 The plurality of rollers form a conveyance path by spanning at least the separator sheet F3a of the first optical member sheet F1. The plurality of rollers is constituted by a roller selected from a roller that changes the traveling direction of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, a roller that can adjust the tension of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, and the like.
 測長器33は、測長器33が取り付けられたローラ311の回転角及び外周の長さに基づいて、第一光学部材シートF1が搬送された距離(搬送距離)を測定する。測長器33の測定結果は、制御装置25へ出力される。制御装置25は、測長器33の測定結果に基づいて、第一光学部材シートF1が搬送されている間の任意の時刻に第一光学部材シートF1の長手方向の各点が搬送経路上のいずれの位置に存在しているかを示すシート位置情報を生成する。 The length measuring device 33 measures the distance (transport distance) by which the first optical member sheet F1 is transported based on the rotation angle of the roller 311 to which the length measuring device 33 is attached and the length of the outer periphery. The measurement result of the length measuring device 33 is output to the control device 25. Based on the measurement result of the length measuring device 33, the control device 25 determines that each point in the longitudinal direction of the first optical member sheet F1 is on the conveyance path at an arbitrary time while the first optical member sheet F1 is being conveyed. Sheet position information indicating where the sheet exists is generated.
 欠陥検出装置60は、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF1に内在する欠点を検出する。欠点検出装置50は、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF11に対して、反射検査、透過検査、斜め透過検査、クロスニコル透過検査等の検査処理を実行することによって、第一光学部材シートF1の欠点を検出する。 The defect detection device 60 detects a defect inherent in the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed. The defect detection device 50 performs inspection processing such as reflection inspection, transmission inspection, oblique transmission inspection, crossed Nicol transmission inspection, and the like on the first optical member sheet F11 being conveyed, so that the first optical member sheet F1 Detect defects.
 欠陥検出装置60は、第一光学部材シートF1に光を照射可能な照明部61と、照明部61から照射されて第一光学部材シートF1を経由(反射と透過の一方又は双方)した光の、光学部材シートF1における欠点の有無による変化を検出可能な光検出器62と、を備える。光学部材シートF1の欠点は、例えば、光学部材シートF1の内部において固体と液体と気体の少なくとも1つからなる異物が存在する部分や、光学部材シートF1の表面に凹凸やキズが存在する部分、光学部材シートF1の歪や材質の偏り等によって輝点となる部分等である。 The defect detection device 60 includes an illumination unit 61 that can irradiate light to the first optical member sheet F1, and light that has been irradiated from the illumination unit 61 and passed through the first optical member sheet F1 (either or both of reflection and transmission). And a photodetector 62 capable of detecting changes due to the presence or absence of defects in the optical member sheet F1. The disadvantage of the optical member sheet F1 is, for example, a portion where a foreign substance consisting of at least one of solid, liquid and gas exists in the optical member sheet F1, a portion where unevenness and scratches exist on the surface of the optical member sheet F1, A portion or the like that becomes a bright spot due to distortion of the optical member sheet F1, deviation of material, or the like.
 照明部61は、欠陥検出装置60で行う検査の種類に応じて光強度や波長、偏光状態等が調整された光を照射する。光検出器62は、CCD等の撮像素子で構成されており、照明部61によって光が照射されている部分の第一光学部材シートF1を撮像する。光検出器62の検出結果(撮像結果)は、制御装置25へ出力される。 The illumination unit 61 emits light whose light intensity, wavelength, polarization state, and the like are adjusted according to the type of inspection performed by the defect detection device 60. The photodetector 62 is configured by an imaging element such as a CCD, and images the portion of the first optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 61. The detection result (imaging result) of the photodetector 62 is output to the control device 25.
 制御装置25は、光検出器62によって撮像された画像を解析して、欠点の有無を判定する。制御装置25は、第一光学部材シートF1に欠点が存在すると判定したときに、測長器33の測定結果を参照して、欠点の第一光学部材シートF1上での位置を示す欠点位置情報を生成する。 The control device 25 analyzes the image captured by the photodetector 62 and determines the presence or absence of a defect. When the control device 25 determines that a defect exists in the first optical member sheet F1, the defect position information indicating the position of the defect on the first optical member sheet F1 with reference to the measurement result of the length measuring device 33. Is generated.
 尚、欠陥検出装置60の構成は、第一光学部材シートF1の欠点を検出可能なように、適宜変更可能である。例えば、欠陥検出装置60は、光検出器62の検出結果に基づいて欠点の有無を判定する判定部を備え、判定部の判定結果を制御装置25へ出力可能でもよい。欠陥検出装置60が判定部の判定結果を制御装置25へ出力し、制御装置25が欠点の有無を判定しなくてもよい。 In addition, the structure of the defect detection apparatus 60 can be suitably changed so that the fault of the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1 can be detected. For example, the defect detection device 60 may include a determination unit that determines the presence or absence of a defect based on the detection result of the photodetector 62, and may be able to output the determination result of the determination unit to the control device 25. The defect detection device 60 may output the determination result of the determination unit to the control device 25, and the control device 25 may not determine whether there is a defect.
 マーキング装置63は、判定部の判定結果に基づいて、第一光学部材シートF1の欠点の部分にマークを付す。マークを付すことにより、第一光学部材シートF1における欠点部分が識別される。例えば、マーキング装置63は、第一光学部材シートF1に発見された欠点箇所に、その表面保護フィルムF4a側からインクジェット等によりマーキングする。尚、マーキング装置63によるマーキングに替えて、作業者がマジック等によりマーキングしてもよい。 The marking device 63 marks the defective portion of the first optical member sheet F1 based on the determination result of the determination unit. By attaching the mark, the defective portion in the first optical member sheet F1 is identified. For example, the marking device 63 marks the defective portion found in the first optical member sheet F1 from the surface protective film F4a side by inkjet or the like. In addition, it may replace with the marking by the marking apparatus 63 and an operator may mark with a magic etc.
 マーキング装置63による欠点箇所へのマーキングは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送中に行われる。尚、欠点箇所へのマーキングは、第一光学部材シートF1を停止させて行ってもよい。 The marking on the defective portion by the marking device 63 is performed during the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1. In addition, you may mark the fault location by stopping the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1.
 図8は、第一光学部材シートF1におけるマークMの概略平面図である。
 図8に示すように、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF1における欠点箇所には複数のマークMが付されている。複数のマークMは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向(矢印方向)において不均一に分布している。マークMの平面形状は矩形であり、矩形の一辺の長さは10mm程度である。マークMの少なくとも一部には欠点が含まれている。マークMは、欠点部分を内包するよう欠点部分よりも広い領域で付される。尚、マークMの平面形状は、矩形に限らず、円形や線状であってもよい。
FIG. 8 is a schematic plan view of the mark M in the first optical member sheet F1.
As shown in FIG. 8, a plurality of marks M are attached to the defective portions in the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed. The plurality of marks M are unevenly distributed in the transport direction (arrow direction) of the first optical member sheet F1. The planar shape of the mark M is a rectangle, and the length of one side of the rectangle is about 10 mm. At least a part of the mark M includes a defect. The mark M is attached in an area wider than the defect portion so as to include the defect portion. Note that the planar shape of the mark M is not limited to a rectangle, but may be a circle or a line.
 図6及び図7に戻り、マーク検出装置64は、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF1の欠点箇所にマーキングされたマークを検出する。マーク検出装置64は、搬送中の第一光学部材シートF11に対して、透過検査等の検査処理を実行することによって、第一光学部材シートF1のマークを検出する。 Returning to FIGS. 6 and 7, the mark detection device 64 detects the mark marked on the defective portion of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed. The mark detection device 64 detects a mark on the first optical member sheet F1 by executing inspection processing such as transmission inspection on the first optical member sheet F11 being conveyed.
 マーク検出装置64は、第一光学部材シートF1に光を照射可能な照明部65と、第一光学部材シートF1に形成されたマークを撮像可能な撮像装置66とを備える。 The mark detection device 64 includes an illumination unit 65 that can irradiate light to the first optical member sheet F1, and an imaging device 66 that can image the mark formed on the first optical member sheet F1.
 例えば、照明部65は、蛍光灯と、蛍光灯から射出された光を拡散する拡散板と、を備えている。撮像装置66は、CCD等の撮像素子で構成されており、照明部65によって光が照射されている部分の第一光学部材シートF1を撮像する。撮像装置66の検出結果(撮像結果)は、制御装置25へ出力される。 For example, the illumination unit 65 includes a fluorescent lamp and a diffusion plate that diffuses light emitted from the fluorescent lamp. The imaging device 66 is configured by an imaging element such as a CCD, and images the portion of the first optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 65. The detection result (imaging result) of the imaging device 66 is output to the control device 25.
 制御装置25は、撮像装置66によって撮像された画像を解析して、マークの有無を判定する。制御装置25は、第一光学部材シートF1にマークが存在すると判定したときに、測長器33の測定結果を参照して、マークの第一光学部材シートF1上での位置を示すマーク位置情報を生成する。 The control device 25 analyzes the image picked up by the image pickup device 66 and determines the presence or absence of a mark. When the control device 25 determines that there is a mark on the first optical member sheet F1, the position information indicating the position of the mark on the first optical member sheet F1 with reference to the measurement result of the length measuring device 33 Is generated.
 切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1のシート幅方向の全幅にわたって、第一光学部材シートF1の厚さ方向の一部を切断する(ハーフカットを施す)。 The cutting device 31b cuts a part in the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 over the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (performs a half cut).
 切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送中に働くテンションによって第一光学部材シートF1(セパレータシートF3a)が破断しないように(所定の厚さがセパレータシートF3aに残るように)、切断刃の進退位置を調整し、粘着層F2aとセパレータシートF3aとの界面の近傍までハーフカットを施す。尚、切断刃に代わるレーザー装置を用いてもよい。 The cutting device 31b performs cutting so that the first optical member sheet F1 (separator sheet F3a) is not broken by the tension acting during the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1 (so that a predetermined thickness remains on the separator sheet F3a). The advancing / retreating position of the blade is adjusted, and half cutting is performed to the vicinity of the interface between the adhesive layer F2a and the separator sheet F3a. In addition, you may use the laser apparatus replaced with a cutting blade.
 ハーフカット後の第一光学部材シートF1には、その厚さ方向で光学部材本体F1a及び表面保護フィルムF4aが切断されることにより、第一光学部材シートF1のシート幅方向の全幅にわたる切込線が形成される。第一光学部材シートF1は、切込線によって長手方向で表示領域P4の長辺長さ相当の長さを有する区画に分けられる。この区画が、それぞれ貼合シートF5における一つのシート片となる。尚、切断装置31bの構成は、第一光学部材シートF1の厚さ方向の切込線の寸法(深さ)及びシート搬送方向の切込線の位置を制御可能なように、適宜変更可能である。 The first optical member sheet F1 after the half cut is cut along the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F1 by cutting the optical member body F1a and the surface protection film F4a in the thickness direction. Is formed. The first optical member sheet F1 is divided into sections having a length corresponding to the long side length of the display region P4 in the longitudinal direction by a cutting line. Each of these sections becomes one sheet piece in the bonding sheet F5. The configuration of the cutting device 31b can be changed as appropriate so that the dimension (depth) of the cut line in the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 and the position of the cut line in the sheet conveyance direction can be controlled. is there.
 制御装置25は、マーク位置情報を参照して、切断装置31bによって形成された第一の切込線から第一光学部材F11の長手方向の単位長さに相当する区間(以下、次のシート片の区間という)に、第一光学部材F11の欠点が存在するか否かを判定する。制御装置25は、次のシート片の区間に欠点が存在するか否かに応じて、次に形成する切込線の位置を決定し、切込線の第一光学部材シートF1上での形成位置を示す切込線位置情報を生成する。 The control device 25 refers to the mark position information, and refers to the section corresponding to the unit length in the longitudinal direction of the first optical member F11 from the first cut line formed by the cutting device 31b (hereinafter, the next sheet piece). It is determined whether or not there is a defect of the first optical member F11 in the section). The control device 25 determines the position of the cut line to be formed next depending on whether or not there is a defect in the section of the next sheet piece, and forms the cut line on the first optical member sheet F1. Cut line position information indicating the position is generated.
 切断装置31bは、判定部の判定結果に基づいて、第一光学部材シートF1をセパレータシートF3aを残してカットして、欠点を含まない良品シート片(良品光学部材(第一光学部材F11)に相当)又は欠点を含む不良品シート片(不良品光学部材に相当)とする。 Based on the determination result of the determination unit, the cutting device 31b cuts the first optical member sheet F1 while leaving the separator sheet F3a, and converts the first optical member sheet F1 into a non-defective sheet piece (non-defective optical member (first optical member F11)). Equivalent) or defective sheet pieces including defects (corresponding to defective optical members).
 図9は、良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。 FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a non-defective sheet piece.
 図9に示すように、制御装置25は、次のシート片の区間にマークが存在しないと判定したときに、前回形成した切込線(以下、第一の切込線L1という)から次に形成する切込線(以下、第二の切込線L2という)までの第一光学部材シートF1上の距離が上記単位長さになるように、第二の切込線L2の形成位置を決定する。 As shown in FIG. 9, when it is determined that there is no mark in the section of the next sheet piece, the control device 25 performs the next operation from the previously formed cut line (hereinafter referred to as the first cut line L1). The formation position of the second cut line L2 is determined so that the distance on the first optical member sheet F1 to the cut line to be formed (hereinafter referred to as the second cut line L2) is the unit length. To do.
 制御装置25は、第一の切込線L1が形成された位置から第一光学部材シートF1が単位長さ(例えば200mm)だけ搬送されたタイミングで、切断装置31bが第二の切込線L2を形成するように、切断装置31bを制御する。 At the timing when the first optical member sheet F1 is conveyed by a unit length (for example, 200 mm) from the position where the first cut line L1 is formed, the control device 25 causes the cutting device 31b to move to the second cut line L2. The cutting device 31b is controlled so as to form.
 切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1が単位長さだけ搬送されたタイミングで第一光学部材シートF1をカットする。これにより、第一光学部材シートF1における第一の切込線L1から第二の切込線L2までの区間には、欠点を含まない良品シート片F20が形成される。 The cutting device 31b cuts the first optical member sheet F1 at the timing when the first optical member sheet F1 is conveyed by a unit length. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 2nd cut line L2 in the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1, the non-defective sheet piece F20 which does not contain a fault is formed.
 図10~図12は、不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。
 図10は、マークMが1つの場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。
10 to 12 are diagrams for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece.
FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a cut position for forming a defective sheet piece when there is one mark M. FIG.
 図10に示すように、制御装置25は、次のシート片の区間にマークMが1つだけ存在すると判定したときに、マークMよりも搬送経路の上流側に切込線(以下、第三の切込線L3という)の形成位置を決定する。 As shown in FIG. 10, when the control device 25 determines that only one mark M exists in the section of the next sheet piece, a cut line (hereinafter referred to as a third line) on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M. The formation position of the cut line L3) is determined.
 尚、第一光学部材シートF1における良品光学部材の歩留まり向上の観点から、制御装置25は、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁になるべく近い位置に第三の切込線の形成位置を決定するのがよく、好ましくはマークMの端縁に接する位置に第三の切込線の形成位置を決定するのがよい。 Note that, from the viewpoint of improving the yield of non-defective optical members in the first optical member sheet F1, the control device 25 has a third position as close as possible to the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. The formation position of the cut line is determined, and the formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined at a position in contact with the edge of the mark M.
 制御装置25は、マークMよりも搬送経路の上流側に切断装置31bが第三の切込線L3を形成するように、切断装置31bを制御する。切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁の後続側の部分をカットする。これにより、第一光学部材シートF1における第一の切込線L1から第三の切込線L3までの区間には、欠点(1つのマークM)を含む不良品シート片F21が形成される。 The control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M. The cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 3rd cut line L3 in the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1, the inferior goods sheet piece F21 containing a fault (one mark M) is formed.
 図11は、マークMが複数(本実施形態では例えば3つ)の場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。 FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece when there are a plurality of marks M (for example, three in this embodiment).
 図11に示すように、制御装置25は、次のシート片の区間に3つのマークM(第一マークM1、第二マークM2及び第三マークM3)が存在すると判定したときに、3つのマークMのうちシート搬送方向の最上流側に位置する第三マークM3よりも搬送経路の上流側に切込線(以下、第三の切込線L3という)の形成位置を決定する。 As shown in FIG. 11, when the control device 25 determines that there are three marks M (first mark M1, second mark M2, and third mark M3) in the section of the next sheet piece, the three marks A formation position of a cut line (hereinafter referred to as a third cut line L3) is determined on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the third mark M3 located on the most upstream side in the sheet conveyance direction.
 尚、第一光学部材シートF1における良品光学部材の歩留まり向上の観点から、制御装置25は、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側における第三マークM3の端縁になるべく近い位置に第三の切込線の形成位置を決定するのがよく、好ましくはマークMの端縁に接する位置に第三の切込線の形成位置を決定するのがよい。 From the viewpoint of improving the yield of non-defective optical members in the first optical member sheet F1, the control device 25 is positioned as close as possible to the edge of the third mark M3 on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. The formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined, and the formation position of the third cut line is preferably determined at a position in contact with the end edge of the mark M.
 制御装置25は、第三マークM3よりも搬送経路の上流側に切断装置31bが第三の切込線L3を形成するように、切断装置31bを制御する。切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側における第三マークM3の端縁の後続側の部分をカットする。これにより、第一光学部材シートF1における第一の切込線L1から第三の切込線L3までの区間には、欠点(3つのマークM)を含む不良品シート片F22が形成される。 The control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the transport path from the third mark M3. The cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the third mark M3 on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. Thereby, in the section from the 1st cut line L1 to the 3rd cut line L3 in the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1, the inferior goods sheet piece F22 containing a fault (three marks M) is formed.
 図12は、マークMが隣り合う2つのシート片の継ぎ目(本来の切込線の形成位置)にある場合の不良品シート片を形成するためのカット位置を説明するための図である。 FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a cutting position for forming a defective sheet piece when the mark M is located at a joint between two adjacent sheet pieces (original cut line forming position).
 図12に示すように、制御装置25は、隣り合う2つのシート片の継ぎ目にマークMが1つだけ存在すると判定したときに、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁に接する位置に第三の切込線L3の形成位置を決定する。 As shown in FIG. 12, when the control device 25 determines that only one mark M exists at the joint between two adjacent sheet pieces, the control device 25 sets the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. The formation position of the third cut line L3 is determined at a position in contact with the edge.
 制御装置25は、マークMよりも搬送経路の上流側に切断装置31bが第三の切込線L3を形成するように、切断装置31bを制御する。切断装置31bは、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁の後続側の部分をカットする。第一光学部材シートF1における第一の切込線L1から第三の切込線L3までの区間には、欠点(1つのマークM)を含む不良品シート片F23が形成される。 The control device 25 controls the cutting device 31b so that the cutting device 31b forms the third cut line L3 on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M. The cutting device 31b cuts a portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1. In a section from the first cut line L1 to the third cut line L3 in the first optical member sheet F1, a defective sheet piece F23 including a defect (one mark M) is formed.
 図6に戻り、ナイフエッジ31cは、図6の左側から右側へ略水平に搬送される第一光学部材シートF1の下方に位置し、第一光学部材シートF1のシート幅方向で少なくともその全幅にわたって延在する。ナイフエッジ31cは、ハーフカット後の第一光学部材シートF1のセパレータシートF3a側に摺接するようにこれを巻きかける。 Returning to FIG. 6, the knife edge 31 c is located below the first optical member sheet F <b> 1 conveyed substantially horizontally from the left side to the right side in FIG. 6, and extends at least over the entire width in the sheet width direction of the first optical member sheet F <b> 1. Extend. The knife edge 31c is wound so as to be in sliding contact with the separator sheet F3a side of the first optical member sheet F1 after the half cut.
 ナイフエッジ31cは、その鋭角状の先端部に第一光学部材シートF1を鋭角に巻きかける。第一光学部材シートF1は、ナイフエッジ31cの先端部で鋭角に折り返す際、貼合シートF5からセパレータシートF3aを剥離する。このとき、貼合シートF5の粘着層F2a(液晶パネルPとの貼合面)は下向きとなる。ナイフエッジ31cの先端部の直下はセパレータ剥離位置31eとなり、このナイフエッジ31cの先端部に貼合ヘッド32の保持面32aが上方から接することで、貼合シートF5のシート片の表面保護フィルムF4a(貼合面と反対側の面)が貼合ヘッド32の保持面32aに貼着される。 The knife edge 31c wraps the first optical member sheet F1 at an acute angle at the acute end portion. The first optical member sheet F1 peels the separator sheet F3a from the bonding sheet F5 when it is folded at an acute angle at the tip of the knife edge 31c. At this time, the adhesion layer F2a (bonding surface with the liquid crystal panel P) of the bonding sheet F5 faces downward. Immediately below the tip of the knife edge 31c is a separator peeling position 31e, and the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32 is in contact with the tip of the knife edge 31c from above, so that the surface protective film F4a of the sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is obtained. (The surface opposite to the bonding surface) is bonded to the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32.
 図6及び図7に示すように、吸着ステージ41は、シート搬送方向に沿ってナイフエッジ31cと隣り合う位置に配置されている。吸着ステージ41は、貼合時の液晶パネルPを吸着して保持する。吸着ステージ41は、液晶パネルPを吸着して保持する吸着面41aを有する。 6 and 7, the suction stage 41 is disposed at a position adjacent to the knife edge 31c along the sheet conveyance direction. The suction stage 41 sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P at the time of bonding. The suction stage 41 has a suction surface 41a that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P.
 回収ステージ42は、吸着面41aの法線方向から見て吸着ステージ41と重ならない位置に配置されている。具体的には、回収ステージ42は、シート搬送方向と直交する方向において、吸着ステージ41と隣り合う位置に配置されている。言い換えると、回収ステージ42は、シート搬送ラインの側方に配置されている。回収ステージ42は、不良品シート片を回収する。回収ステージ42は、不良品シート片を支持する支持面42aを有する。 The recovery stage 42 is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage 41 when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface 41a. Specifically, the collection stage 42 is disposed at a position adjacent to the suction stage 41 in a direction orthogonal to the sheet conveyance direction. In other words, the collection stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line. The collection stage 42 collects defective sheet pieces. The collection stage 42 has a support surface 42a that supports the defective sheet piece.
 貼合ヘッド32は、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された良品シート片を保持して液晶パネルPに貼合するとともに、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された不良品シート片を保持して回収ステージ42に貼合する。 The bonding head 32 holds the non-defective sheet piece peeled off from the separator sheet F3a and sticks it to the liquid crystal panel P, and holds the defective product sheet piece peeled off from the separator sheet F3a and sticks it to the recovery stage 42. To do.
 貼合ヘッド32は、シート幅方向と平行かつ下方に凸の円弧状の保持面32aを有する。保持面32aは、例えば貼合シートF5の貼合面(粘着層F2a)よりも弱い貼着力を有し、貼合シートF5の表面保護フィルムF4aを繰り返し貼着、剥離可能とされる。 The pasting head 32 has an arc-shaped holding surface 32a that is parallel to the sheet width direction and convex downward. The holding surface 32a has, for example, a weaker bonding force than the bonding surface (adhesive layer F2a) of the bonding sheet F5, and the surface protective film F4a of the bonding sheet F5 can be repeatedly bonded and peeled off.
 貼合ヘッド32は、ナイフエッジ31cの上方でシート幅方向に沿う軸を中心とするように、シート幅方向と平行かつ保持面32aの湾曲に沿うように傾動する。貼合ヘッド32の傾動は、貼合シートF5を貼着保持する際、及び貼着保持した貼合シートF5を液晶パネルPに貼合する際に適宜行われる。 The laminating head 32 tilts so as to be parallel to the sheet width direction and follow the curvature of the holding surface 32a so as to be centered on the axis along the sheet width direction above the knife edge 31c. Tilt of the bonding head 32 is appropriately performed when the bonding sheet F5 is bonded and held, and when the bonding sheet F5 bonded and held is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
 貼合ヘッド32は、保持面32aを下向きとし、かつ保持面32aの湾曲一端側(図6の右側)が下側となるように傾斜した状態で、保持面32aの湾曲一端側をナイフエッジ31cの先端部に上方から押し付け、セパレータ剥離位置31eにある貼合シートF5の先端部を保持面32aに貼着させる。その後、貼合シートF5を繰り出しつつ貼合ヘッド32を傾動させる(保持面32aの湾曲他端側(図6の左側)が下側となるように傾斜させる)ことで、保持面32aに貼合シートF5のシート片の全体が貼着される。 The bonding head 32 is inclined so that the holding surface 32a faces downward and the curved one end side (right side in FIG. 6) of the holding surface 32a is on the lower side, and the curved one end side of the holding surface 32a is the knife edge 31c. The top end portion of the bonding sheet F5 at the separator peeling position 31e is stuck to the holding surface 32a. Thereafter, the bonding head 32 is tilted while the bonding sheet F5 is fed out (inclined so that the other end of the curved surface of the holding surface 32a (the left side in FIG. 6) is on the lower side), thereby bonding to the holding surface 32a. The entire sheet piece of the sheet F5 is stuck.
 貼合ヘッド32は、セパレータ剥離位置31e及び第一貼合位置11cの上方で所定量昇降可能であり、かつセパレータ剥離位置31eと第一貼合位置11cとの間で適宜移動可能である。貼合ヘッド32は、昇降時及び移動時並びに傾動時の駆動を可能とする駆動装置としてのアーム部71b(図7参照)に連結されている。 The bonding head 32 can move up and down by a predetermined amount above the separator peeling position 31e and the first bonding position 11c, and can be appropriately moved between the separator peeling position 31e and the first bonding position 11c. The bonding head 32 is connected to an arm portion 71b (see FIG. 7) as a driving device that can be driven when moving up and down, moving, and tilting.
 貼合ヘッド32は、保持面32aに貼合シートF5を貼着させる際には、例えば保持面32aに貼合シートF5の先端部を貼着させた後にアーム部71bとの係合をカットして傾動自在となり、この状態から貼合シートF5の繰り出しに伴い受動的に傾動する。貼合ヘッド32は、貼合シートF5全体を保持面32aに貼着させるまで傾動すると、この傾斜姿勢で例えばアーム部71bと係合する等により傾動をロックし、この状態で第一貼合位置11cの上方へ移動する。 When the bonding head 32 adheres the bonding sheet F5 to the holding surface 32a, for example, after the front end portion of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a, the engagement with the arm portion 71b is cut. It can be tilted freely, and from this state, it is tilted passively with the feeding of the bonding sheet F5. When the bonding head 32 tilts until the entire bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a, the tilting is locked by, for example, engaging with the arm portion 71b in this inclined posture, and the first bonding position in this state. 11c is moved upward.
 貼合ヘッド32は、貼着保持した貼合シートF5を液晶パネルPに貼合する際には、例えばアーム部71bの作動により能動的に傾動し、保持面32aの湾曲に沿って液晶パネルPの上面に貼合シートF5を押し付けて確実に貼合する。 When the bonding head 32 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding head 32 is actively tilted by the operation of the arm portion 71b, for example, and the liquid crystal panel P along the curve of the holding surface 32a. The bonding sheet F5 is pressed against the upper surface of the sheet and bonded securely.
 移動装置70は、貼合ヘッド32を、ナイフエッジ31cと液晶パネルPとの間、又は、ナイフエッジ31cと回収ステージ42との間で移動させる。図7に示すように、移動装置70は、第一移動装置71と、第二移動装置72と、第三移動装置73と、を備えている。 The moving device 70 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42. As shown in FIG. 7, the moving device 70 includes a first moving device 71, a second moving device 72, and a third moving device 73.
 第一移動装置71は、貼合ヘッド32を吸着面41aの法線方向と平行な第一の方向V1に沿って移動させる。第一移動装置71は、アクチュエータ等の動力部71aと、動力部71aにより第一の方向V1に沿って移動可能なアーム部71bと、を有する。貼合ヘッド32は、アーム部71bの先端に取り付けられている。 The first moving device 71 moves the bonding head 32 along a first direction V1 parallel to the normal direction of the suction surface 41a. The first moving device 71 includes a power unit 71a such as an actuator, and an arm unit 71b that can be moved along the first direction V1 by the power unit 71a. The bonding head 32 is attached to the tip of the arm portion 71b.
 第二移動装置72は、貼合ヘッド32をナイフエッジ31cと液晶パネルPとの間でシート搬送方向と平行な第二の方向V2に沿って移動させる。第二移動装置72は、第二の方向V2に沿って延設するガイドレール72aと、ガイドレール72aに沿って移動可能な移動部72bと、を有する。 The second moving device 72 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P along a second direction V2 parallel to the sheet conveying direction. The second moving device 72 includes a guide rail 72a that extends along the second direction V2, and a moving portion 72b that can move along the guide rail 72a.
 第三移動装置73は、貼合ヘッド32をナイフエッジ31cと回収ステージ42との間でシート搬送方向と直交する方向と平行な第三の方向V3に沿って移動させる。第三移動装置73は、第三の方向V3に沿って延設するガイドレール73aと、ガイドレール73aに沿って移動可能な移動部73bと、を有する。 The third moving device 73 moves the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42 along a third direction V3 parallel to the direction orthogonal to the sheet conveying direction. The third moving device 73 includes a guide rail 73a extending along the third direction V3 and a moving portion 73b movable along the guide rail 73a.
 ガイドレール73aは、移動部72bのガイドレール72aの側とは反対側に取り付けられている。動力部71aは、移動部73bのガイドレール73aの側とは反対側に取り付けられている。 The guide rail 73a is attached to the side opposite to the guide rail 72a side of the moving part 72b. The power unit 71a is attached to the side of the moving unit 73b opposite to the guide rail 73a.
 回転装置80は、第二検出カメラ35の撮像結果に基づいて吸着ステージ41を水平面内で回転させ、吸着ステージ41に保持された液晶パネルPと貼合ヘッド32に保持された貼合シートF5との相対貼合位置を調整する。例えば、回転装置80は、吸着ステージ41の吸着面41aの法線方向と平行な回転軸を有するモーターと、モーターの回転力を吸着ステージ41に伝達する伝達機構と、を有する。吸着ステージ41は、伝達機構に取り付けられる。 The rotation device 80 rotates the suction stage 41 in a horizontal plane based on the imaging result of the second detection camera 35, and the liquid crystal panel P held by the suction stage 41 and the bonding sheet F5 held by the bonding head 32, Adjust the relative bonding position. For example, the rotation device 80 includes a motor having a rotation axis parallel to the normal direction of the suction surface 41 a of the suction stage 41 and a transmission mechanism that transmits the rotational force of the motor to the suction stage 41. The suction stage 41 is attached to the transmission mechanism.
 第二移動装置72は、セパレータシートF3aの剥離位置であるナイフエッジ31cの先端部に貼合ヘッド32を移動させる。第一移動装置71は、貼合ヘッド32をセパレータ剥離位置31eの上方から下降させることで、保持面32aをナイフエッジ31cの先端部に上方から押し付け、セパレータ剥離位置31eにある貼合シートF5の先端部を保持面32aに貼着させる。 The 2nd moving apparatus 72 moves the bonding head 32 to the front-end | tip part of the knife edge 31c which is a peeling position of the separator sheet F3a. The 1st moving apparatus 71 presses the holding surface 32a against the front-end | tip part of the knife edge 31c by lowering the bonding head 32 from the upper direction of the separator peeling position 31e, and the bonding sheet | seat F5 in the separator peeling position 31e is pressed. The tip is attached to the holding surface 32a.
 本実施形態では、ナイフエッジ31cの先端部の下方に、当該部位における貼合シートF5のシート片のシート搬送下流側の先端を検出する第一検出カメラ34が設けられている。第一検出カメラ34の検出データは制御装置25に送られる。制御装置25は、例えば第一検出カメラ34が貼合シートF5の下流側端を検出した時点で、シート搬送装置31を一旦停止させ、その後に貼合ヘッド32を下降させてその保持面32aに貼合シートF5の先端部を貼着させる。 In the present embodiment, a first detection camera 34 is provided below the front end of the knife edge 31c to detect the front end of the sheet piece of the bonded sheet F5 at the relevant site on the downstream side of the sheet conveyance. The detection data of the first detection camera 34 is sent to the control device 25. For example, when the first detection camera 34 detects the downstream end of the bonding sheet F5, the control device 25 temporarily stops the sheet conveying device 31, and then lowers the bonding head 32 to the holding surface 32a. The front-end | tip part of the bonding sheet | seat F5 is stuck.
 制御装置25は、第一検出カメラ34が貼合シートF5の下流側端を検出してシート搬送装置31を一旦停止させたとき、切断装置31bによる貼合シートF5のカットを実施する。すなわち、第一検出カメラ34による検出位置(第一検出カメラ34の光軸延長位置)と切断装置31bによるカット位置(切断装置31bの切断刃進退位置)との間のシート搬送経路に沿う距離が、貼合シートF5のシート片の長さに相当する。 When the first detection camera 34 detects the downstream end of the bonding sheet F5 and temporarily stops the sheet conveying device 31, the control device 25 performs the cutting of the bonding sheet F5 by the cutting device 31b. That is, the distance along the sheet conveyance path between the detection position by the first detection camera 34 (the optical axis extension position of the first detection camera 34) and the cutting position by the cutting device 31b (the cutting blade advance / retreat position of the cutting device 31b) is This corresponds to the length of the sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5.
 切断装置31bはシート搬送経路に沿って移動可能とされ、この移動により第一検出カメラ34による検出位置と切断装置31bによるカット位置との間のシート搬送経路に沿う距離が変化する。切断装置31bの移動は制御装置25により制御され、例えば切断装置31bによる貼合シートF5の切断後にこれを貼合シートF5のシート片一つ分だけ巻き出した際、その切断端が所定の基準位置からずれる場合には、このずれを切断装置31bの移動により補正する。尚、切断装置31bの移動により長さの異なる貼合シートF5のカットに対応してもよい。また、切断装置31bの移動により長さの異なる不良品シートのカットに対応することができる。 The cutting device 31b is movable along the sheet conveyance path, and this movement changes the distance along the sheet conveyance path between the detection position by the first detection camera 34 and the cutting position by the cutting device 31b. The movement of the cutting device 31b is controlled by the control device 25. For example, after the cutting sheet 31 is cut by the cutting device 31b for one sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5, the cutting end is a predetermined reference. In the case of deviation from the position, this deviation is corrected by the movement of the cutting device 31b. In addition, you may respond | correspond to the cutting of the bonding sheet | seat F5 from which length differs by the movement of the cutting device 31b. Further, it is possible to cope with the cutting of defective sheets having different lengths by moving the cutting device 31b.
 貼合シートF5がセパレータ剥離位置31eから第一貼合位置11cへ移動する際、保持面32aに貼着保持された貼合シートF5の例えば先端部に対する基端部の両角部は、一対の第二検出カメラ35にそれぞれ撮像される。各第二検出カメラ35の検出データは制御装置25に送られる。制御装置25は、例えば各第二検出カメラ35の撮像データに基づき、貼合ヘッド32に対する貼合シートF5の水平方向(貼合ヘッド32の移動方向及びその直交方向並びに垂直軸中心の回転方向)の位置を確認する。貼合ヘッド32及び貼合シートF5の相対位置にズレがある場合、貼合ヘッド32は貼合シートF5(第一光学部材F11)の位置を所定の基準位置とするべくアライメントを行う。 When the bonding sheet F5 moves from the separator peeling position 31e to the first bonding position 11c, for example, both corners of the base end portion of the bonding sheet F5 bonded and held on the holding surface 32a are a pair of first ends. Images are respectively picked up by the two detection cameras 35. Detection data of each second detection camera 35 is sent to the control device 25. The control device 25 is based on the imaging data of each second detection camera 35, for example, the horizontal direction of the bonding sheet F5 with respect to the bonding head 32 (the moving direction of the bonding head 32 and its orthogonal direction and the rotation direction about the vertical axis). Check the position of. When the relative position of the bonding head 32 and the bonding sheet F5 is misaligned, the bonding head 32 performs alignment so that the position of the bonding sheet F5 (first optical member F11) is a predetermined reference position.
 この第一貼合装置13で行われる液晶パネルP及び貼合シートF5(第一光学部材F11)のアライメントについては、第一アライメント装置としての制御装置25が、第一乃至第四検出カメラ34~38の検出データに基づいて、液晶パネルPの画素列の並び方向と第一光学部材(偏光フィルム)F11の偏光方向とが互いに一致するように、液晶パネルPに対する第一光学部材F11の相対貼合位置を決定する。 For the alignment of the liquid crystal panel P and the bonding sheet F5 (first optical member F11) performed by the first bonding device 13, the control device 25 as the first alignment device uses first to fourth detection cameras 34 to 34. Based on the detected data of 38, the first optical member F11 is affixed to the liquid crystal panel P so that the arrangement direction of the pixel rows of the liquid crystal panel P and the polarization direction of the first optical member (polarizing film) F11 coincide with each other. Determine the alignment position.
 具体的に、第一ロータリインデックス11の第一貼合位置11cには、第一貼合位置11c上の液晶パネルPの水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第三検出カメラ36が設けられる。第二ロータリインデックス16の第二貼合位置16cには、同じく液晶パネルPの第二貼合位置16c上の水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第四検出カメラ37が設けられる。各第三検出カメラ36は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板(第一基板P1)における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像し、各第四検出カメラ37は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像する。 Specifically, at the first bonding position 11c of the first rotary index 11, a pair of third detection cameras 36 for performing horizontal alignment of the liquid crystal panel P on the first bonding position 11c are provided. Similarly, a pair of fourth detection cameras 37 for horizontal alignment on the second bonding position 16c of the liquid crystal panel P are provided at the second bonding position 16c of the second rotary index 16. Each third detection camera 36 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 of the glass substrate (first substrate P1) of the liquid crystal panel P, and each fourth detection camera 37 includes, for example, a glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Each of the left corners in FIG. 5 is imaged.
 第二ロータリインデックス16の第二貼合位置16cには、液晶パネルPの第二貼合位置16c上の水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第五検出カメラ38が設けられる。各第五検出カメラ38は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像する。各検出カメラ34~38の検出データは制御装置25に送られる。尚、各検出カメラ34~38に代わるセンサを用いることも可能である。 The second bonding position 16c of the second rotary index 16 is provided with a pair of fifth detection cameras 38 for performing horizontal alignment on the second bonding position 16c of the liquid crystal panel P. Each fifth detection camera 38 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 on the glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Detection data of each detection camera 34 to 38 is sent to the control device 25. It is also possible to use sensors in place of the detection cameras 34 to 38.
 各ロータリインデックス11,16上には、液晶パネルPを載置すると共にその水平方向のアライメントを可能とするアライメントテーブル39が設けられる。アライメントテーブル39は、各検出カメラ34~38の検出データに基づき制御装置25によって駆動制御される。これにより、各ロータリインデックス11,16(各貼合位置11c,16c)に対する液晶パネルPのアライメントがなされる。 On each of the rotary indexes 11 and 16, there is provided an alignment table 39 on which the liquid crystal panel P is placed and the horizontal alignment is possible. The alignment table 39 is driven and controlled by the control device 25 based on the detection data of the detection cameras 34 to 38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to each rotary index 11, 16 (each bonding position 11c, 16c) is made.
 この液晶パネルPに対し、貼合ヘッド32によるアライメントがなされた貼合シートF5を貼合することで、光学部材F1Xの貼合バラツキが抑えられ、液晶パネルPに対する光学部材F1Xの光学軸方向の精度が向上し、光学表示デバイスの精彩及びコントラストが高まる。また、光学部材F1Xを表示領域P4の際まで精度よく設けることが可能となり、表示領域P4外側の額縁部G(図3参照)を狭めて表示エリアの拡大及び機器の小型化が図られる。 By bonding the bonding sheet F5 aligned by the bonding head 32 to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical axis direction of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is reduced. The accuracy is improved and the clarity and contrast of the optical display device are increased. In addition, the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G (see FIG. 3) outside the display area P4 can be narrowed to enlarge the display area and downsize the device.
 また、本実施形態において、第一貼合装置13は、貼合位置である吸着ステージ41の上方に、液晶パネルPの水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第三検出カメラ36が設けられている(図5、6参照)。 Moreover, in this embodiment, the 1st bonding apparatus 13 is provided above the adsorption | suction stage 41 which is a bonding position, and a pair of 3rd detection cameras 36 for performing horizontal alignment of liquid crystal panel P are provided. (See FIGS. 5 and 6).
 第二貼合装置15においても、同じく貼合位置である吸着ステージ41の上方に、液晶パネルPの水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第四検出カメラ37が設けられている(図5参照)。各第三検出カメラ36は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板(第一基板P1)における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像し、各第四検出カメラ37は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像する。 Also in the 2nd bonding apparatus 15, a pair of 4th detection camera 37 for performing horizontal alignment of liquid crystal panel P is provided above the adsorption | suction stage 41 which is also a bonding position (refer FIG. 5). ). Each third detection camera 36 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 of the glass substrate (first substrate P1) of the liquid crystal panel P, and each fourth detection camera 37 includes, for example, a glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Each of the left corners in FIG. 5 is imaged.
 第三貼合装置18においても、同じく貼合位置である吸着ステージ41の上方に、液晶パネルPの水平方向のアライメントを行うための一対の第五検出カメラ38が設けられている(図5参照)。各第五検出カメラ38は、例えば液晶パネルPのガラス基板における図5中左側の両角部をそれぞれ撮像する。各検出カメラ34~38の検出情報は制御装置25に送られる。尚、各検出カメラ34~38に代わるセンサを用いることも可能である。 Also in the 3rd bonding apparatus 18, a pair of 5th detection camera 38 for performing horizontal alignment of liquid crystal panel P is provided above the adsorption | suction stage 41 which is also a bonding position (refer FIG. 5). ). Each fifth detection camera 38 images, for example, both corners on the left side in FIG. 5 on the glass substrate of the liquid crystal panel P. Detection information of each of the detection cameras 34 to 38 is sent to the control device 25. It is also possible to use sensors in place of the detection cameras 34 to 38.
 各貼合装置13,15,18における吸着ステージ41は、各検出カメラ34~38の検出情報に基づき制御装置25によって駆動制御される。これにより、各貼合位置においての貼合ヘッド32に対する液晶パネルPのアライメントが行われる。 The suction stage 41 in each bonding apparatus 13, 15, 18 is driven and controlled by the control apparatus 25 based on the detection information of each detection camera 34-38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to the bonding head 32 in each bonding position is performed.
 この液晶パネルPに対し、アライメントがなされた貼合ヘッド32から貼合シートF5を貼合することで、光学部材F1Xの貼合バラツキが抑えられ、液晶パネルPに対する光学部材F1Xの光学軸方向の精度が向上し、光学表示デバイスの精彩及びコントラストが高まる。 By bonding the bonding sheet F5 from the aligned bonding head 32 to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical axis direction of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is reduced. The accuracy is improved and the clarity and contrast of the optical display device are increased.
 本実施形態の制御装置25は、コンピュータシステムを含んで構成されている。このコンピュータシステムは、CPU等の演算処理部と、メモリーやハードディスク等の記憶部とを備える。本実施形態の制御装置25は、コンピュータシステムの外部の装置との通信を実行可能なインターフェースを含む。制御装置25には、入力信号を入力可能な入力装置が接続されていてもよい。上記の入力装置は、キーボード、マウス等の入力機器、あるいはコンピュータシステムの外部の装置からのデータを入力可能な通信装置等を含む。制御装置25は、フィルム貼合システム1の各部の動作状況を示す液晶表示ディスプレイ等の表示装置を含んでいてもよいし、表示装置と接続されていてもよい。 The control device 25 of the present embodiment includes a computer system. This computer system includes an arithmetic processing unit such as a CPU and a storage unit such as a memory and a hard disk. The control device 25 of the present embodiment includes an interface that can execute communication with an external device of the computer system. An input device capable of inputting an input signal may be connected to the control device 25. The input device includes an input device such as a keyboard and a mouse, or a communication device that can input data from a device external to the computer system. The control device 25 may include a display device such as a liquid crystal display that indicates the operation status of each part of the film bonding system 1, or may be connected to the display device.
 制御装置25の記憶部には、コンピュータシステムを制御するオペレーティングシステム(OS)がインストールされている。制御装置25の記憶部には、演算処理部にフィルム貼合システム1の各部を制御させることによって、フィルム貼合システム1の各部に不良品光学部材を排除するための処理を実行させるプログラムが記録されている。記憶部に記録されているプログラムを含む各種情報は、制御装置25の演算処理部が読み取り可能である。制御装置25は、フィルム貼合システム1の各部の制御に要する各種処理を実行するASIC等の論理回路を含んでいてもよい。 An operating system (OS) that controls the computer system is installed in the storage unit of the control device 25. The storage unit of the control device 25 records a program that causes each unit of the film bonding system 1 to execute processing for eliminating defective optical members by causing the arithmetic processing unit to control each unit of the film bonding system 1. Has been. Various types of information including programs recorded in the storage unit can be read by the arithmetic processing unit of the control device 25. The control device 25 may include a logic circuit such as an ASIC that executes various processes required for controlling each part of the film bonding system 1.
 次に、本実施形態における不良品シート片の回収フローについて良品シート片の貼合フローと併せて説明する。図13は、不良品シート片の回収フローチャートである。 Next, the recovery flow for defective sheet pieces in this embodiment will be described together with the bonding flow for non-defective sheet pieces. FIG. 13 is a flowchart for collecting defective sheet pieces.
 図13に示すように、判定部により、第一光学部材シートF1における欠点の有無が判定される(図13に示すステップS1)。 As shown in FIG. 13, the presence or absence of a defect in the first optical member sheet F1 is determined by the determination unit (step S1 shown in FIG. 13).
 判定部で「欠点無し」と判定された場合には、切断装置31b(図6参照)により、第一光学部材シートF1がシート搬送方向で表示領域P4の長さ(本実施形態では表示領域P4の長辺長さに相当)と同等の長さだけ繰り出される毎に、シート幅方向に沿って全幅にわたってハーフカットが施され、良品シート片が形成される(図13に示すステップS2)。 When the determination unit determines “no defect”, the cutting device 31b (see FIG. 6) determines the length of the display area P4 in the sheet conveyance direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (in the present embodiment, the display area P4). Each time the sheet is fed out by a length equivalent to the long side length), a half-cut is performed over the entire width along the sheet width direction to form a non-defective sheet piece (step S2 shown in FIG. 13).
 次に、貼合ヘッド32(図6参照)により、保持面32aに貼合シートF5の良品シート片の全体が貼着される(図13に示すステップS3)。 Next, the whole non-defective sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a by the bonding head 32 (see FIG. 6) (step S3 shown in FIG. 13).
 次に、移動装置70(図6参照)により、貼合ヘッド32がナイフエッジ31cと液晶パネルPとの間で移動される(図13に示すステップS4)。そして、貼合ヘッド32により、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された良品シート片が液晶パネルPに貼合される。 Next, the bonding head 32 is moved between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P by the moving device 70 (see FIG. 6) (step S4 shown in FIG. 13). And the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P by the bonding head 32.
 一方、判定部で「欠点有り」と判定された場合には、マーキング装置63(図6参照)により欠点箇所にマークが付される(図13に示すステップS5)。次に、マーク検出装置64(図6参照)によりマークが検出される。次に、制御装置25により、マークMよりも搬送経路の上流側に切込線が位置するように切込線の形成位置が決定される。 On the other hand, when the determination unit determines that “there is a defect”, the marking device 63 (see FIG. 6) marks the defect portion (step S5 shown in FIG. 13). Next, the mark is detected by the mark detection device 64 (see FIG. 6). Next, the control device 25 determines the cut line formation position so that the cut line is positioned on the upstream side of the conveyance path from the mark M.
 次に、切断装置31bにより、第一光学部材シートF1の搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁の後続側の部分において、シート幅方向に沿って全幅にわたってハーフカットが施され、不良品シート片が形成される(図13に示すステップS6)。 Next, the cutting device 31b performs half-cut across the entire width in the sheet width direction at the portion on the subsequent side of the edge of the mark M on the upstream side in the transport direction of the first optical member sheet F1, and the defective sheet A piece is formed (step S6 shown in FIG. 13).
 次に、貼合ヘッド32により、保持面32aに貼合シートF5の不良品シート片の全体が貼着される(図13に示すステップS7)。 Next, the whole defective sheet piece of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the holding surface 32a by the bonding head 32 (step S7 shown in FIG. 13).
 次に、移動装置70により、貼合ヘッド32がナイフエッジ31cと回収ステージ42との間で移動される(図13に示すステップS8)。そして、貼合ヘッド32により、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された不良品シート片が回収ステージ42の支持面42aに貼合される。例えば、支持面42aには廃材シート等が配置されており、不良品シート片が廃材シートに複数枚重ね貼りされる。不良品シート片がある程度積層した後、不良品シート片がまとめて廃棄される。この場合、不良品シート片は、廃材シートから剥がして廃棄されてもよいし、廃材シートとともに廃棄されてもよい。 Next, the bonding head 32 is moved between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42 by the moving device 70 (step S8 shown in FIG. 13). Then, the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F <b> 3 a is bonded to the support surface 42 a of the collection stage 42 by the bonding head 32. For example, a waste material sheet or the like is disposed on the support surface 42a, and a plurality of defective product sheet pieces are stacked on the waste material sheet. After the defective sheet pieces are stacked to some extent, the defective sheet pieces are discarded together. In this case, the defective product sheet piece may be peeled off from the waste material sheet and discarded, or may be discarded together with the waste material sheet.
 以上説明したように、上記実施形態におけるフィルム貼合システム1は、液晶パネルPに光学部材F1Xを貼合してなるものであって、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4に対応する幅の帯状の光学部材シートFXを原反ロールR1から巻き出しつつ、光学部材シートFXを表示領域P4に対応する長さでカットして光学部材F1Xとした後、光学部材F1Xを液晶パネルPに貼り合わせる貼合装置13,15,18を含み、貼合装置13,15,18は、光学部材シートFXを原反ロールR1からセパレータシートF3aと共に巻き出す巻き出し部31aと、巻き出し部31aによって巻き出された光学部材シートFXに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、判定部の判定結果に基づいて、光学部材シートFXをセパレータシートF3aを残してカットして、欠点を含まない良品シート片又は欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成する切断装置31bと、良品シート片又は不良品シート片をセパレータシートF3aから剥離させるナイフエッジ31cと、液晶パネルPを吸着して保持する吸着面41aを有する吸着ステージ41と、吸着面41aの法線方向から見て吸着ステージ41と重ならない位置に配置され、不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージ42と、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された良品シート片を保持して液晶パネルPに貼合するとともに、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された不良品シート片を保持して回収ステージ42に貼合する貼合ヘッド32と、貼合ヘッド32をナイフエッジ31cと液晶パネルPとの間、又は、ナイフエッジ31cと回収ステージ42との間で移動させる移動装置70と、を含むものである。さらに、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41とは、光学部材シートFXの搬送方向に沿って互いに隣り合う位置に配置され、回収ステージ42は、光学部材シートFXの搬送方向と直交する方向において吸着ステージ41と隣り合う位置に配置されているものである。また、判定部の判定結果に基づいて、光学部材シートFXの欠点の部分にマークを付すマーキング装置63をさらに含み、切断装置31bは、光学部材シートFXの搬送方向の上流側におけるマークMの端縁の後続側の部分をカットして不良品シート片を形成するものである。 As described above, the film bonding system 1 in the above embodiment is formed by bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, and has a band-like optical width corresponding to the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. A bonding apparatus that unwinds the member sheet FX from the raw roll R1 and cuts the optical member sheet FX with a length corresponding to the display region P4 to form the optical member F1X, and then bonds the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P. The laminating devices 13, 15, and 18 include the unwinding portion 31a that unwinds the optical member sheet FX together with the separator sheet F3a from the raw fabric roll R1, and the optical unwinded by the unwinding portion 31a. A determination unit that determines whether or not a defect is included in the member sheet FX, and based on the determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet FX is separated from the separator sheet F3a. A cutting device 31b that forms a non-defective sheet piece that does not include defects or a defective sheet piece that includes defects, a knife edge 31c that peels the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet F3a, and liquid crystal A suction stage 41 having a suction surface 41a for sucking and holding the panel P; and a collection stage 42 that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage 41 when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface 41a and collects defective sheet pieces The non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, and the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet F3a is held and bonded to the recovery stage 42. And the bonding head 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or the knife edge 31c and the recovery stage A moving device 70 for moving to and from the 2, is intended to include. Further, the knife edge 31c and the suction stage 41 are arranged at positions adjacent to each other along the transport direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the collection stage 42 is in the direction orthogonal to the transport direction of the optical member sheet FX. Are arranged at positions adjacent to each other. In addition, the marking device 63 further includes a marking device 63 that marks a defective portion of the optical member sheet FX based on the determination result of the determination unit, and the cutting device 31b includes an end of the mark M on the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the optical member sheet FX. A defective sheet piece is formed by cutting a portion on the subsequent side of the edge.
 この構成によれば、不良品シート片を回収ステージ42に棄て貼りすることができる。
そのため、セパレータシートとは別の除去用フィルム等を用いなくても不良品シート片を除去することができる。また、セパレータとは別の排除用フィルムを不良品シート片とともに回収する構成と比較して、排除用フィルムを省くことができ、排除用フィルムに要するコストを省くことができる。また、回収ステージ42を利用して不良品シート片を回収することができるので、排除用フィルムを回収する装置を別に設ける必要がなく、装置構成をシンプルにすることができる。また、不良品シート片を除去しつつ、良品シート片を液晶パネルPに貼合することができる。従って、不良品シート片を効果的に回収することができる。
 さらに、回収ステージ42が吸着ステージ41と平面視重ならない位置に配置されているため、液晶パネルPの表面に異物等が付着することを抑制することができる。
 また、回収ステージ42がシート搬送ラインの側方に配置されているため、回収ステージ42に積層された不良品シート片を廃棄する際に作業者がシート搬送ラインに入り込む必要が無く、不良品シート片を容易に廃棄することができる。また、製造ラインを短くすることができ、製造タクトを短縮することができる。
According to this configuration, the defective sheet piece can be discarded and pasted on the collection stage 42.
Therefore, the defective sheet piece can be removed without using a removal film or the like separate from the separator sheet. Moreover, compared with the structure which collects the exclusion film different from a separator with a defective product sheet piece, the exclusion film can be omitted, and the cost required for the exclusion film can be omitted. In addition, since the defective sheet piece can be collected using the collection stage 42, it is not necessary to provide a separate device for collecting the film for exclusion, and the device configuration can be simplified. Further, the non-defective sheet piece can be bonded to the liquid crystal panel P while removing the defective sheet piece. Therefore, it is possible to effectively collect defective sheet pieces.
Furthermore, since the collection stage 42 is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the suction stage 41 in plan view, it is possible to prevent foreign matters from adhering to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P.
Further, since the collection stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, it is not necessary for an operator to enter the sheet conveyance line when discarding defective sheet pieces stacked on the collection stage 42, and the defective sheet The piece can be easily discarded. Further, the production line can be shortened, and the production tact can be shortened.
 また、フィルム貼合システム1においては、表示領域P4に対応する幅の帯状の光学部材シートFXを所定長さにカットして光学部材F1Xとし、この光学部材F1Xを貼合ヘッド32の保持面32aに保持すると共に、光学部材F1Xを液晶パネルPに貼合することで、光学部材F1Xの寸法バラツキや貼合バラツキを抑え、表示領域P4周辺の額縁部Gを縮小して表示エリアの拡大及び機器の小型化を図ることができる。
 また、光学部材F1Xを貼合ヘッド32に転写した後に液晶パネルPに貼り付ける構成であるため、貼合ヘッド32と液晶パネルPとの位置決めを精度良く行うことができる。
従って、光学部材F1Xと液晶パネルPとの貼合せ精度を高めることができる。
Moreover, in the film bonding system 1, the strip | belt-shaped optical member sheet | seat FX of the width | variety corresponding to the display area P4 is cut into predetermined length, it is set as the optical member F1X, and this optical member F1X is the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32. In addition, the optical member F1X is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P to suppress the dimensional variation and the bonding variation of the optical member F1X, and the frame portion G around the display region P4 is reduced to enlarge the display area and the device. Can be miniaturized.
Moreover, since it is the structure which affixes on the liquid crystal panel P, after transferring the optical member F1X to the bonding head 32, positioning of the bonding head 32 and the liquid crystal panel P can be performed accurately.
Therefore, the bonding accuracy between the optical member F1X and the liquid crystal panel P can be increased.
また、フィルム貼合システム1においては、シート片FXmの連続的な貼合が容易になり、光学表示デバイスの生産効率を高めることができる。また、貼合ヘッド32として円弧状の保持面32aを有するものを用いているため、円弧状の保持面32aの傾動により光学部材F1Xをスムーズに保持できると共に、同じく円弧状の保持面32aの傾動により光学部材F1Xを液晶パネルPに確実に貼合することができる。 Moreover, in the film bonding system 1, continuous bonding of the sheet piece FXm becomes easy, and the production efficiency of the optical display device can be increased. Since the bonding head 32 having the arc-shaped holding surface 32a is used, the optical member F1X can be smoothly held by the tilt of the arc-shaped holding surface 32a, and the arc-shaped holding surface 32a is also tilted. Thus, the optical member F1X can be reliably bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
 また、フィルム貼合システム1においては、ナイフエッジ31cが、光学部材F1Xを液晶パネルPとの貼合面を下向きにしてセパレータシートF3aから剥離させ、貼合ヘッド32が、貼合面と反対側の上面を保持面32aに貼り付けて保持し、貼合面を下向きにした状態で、剥離位置と貼合位置との間を移動する。そのため、光学部材シートFXが粘着層F2a側の貼合面を下方に向けて搬送されることとなり、光学部材シートFXの貼合面の傷付きや異物の付着等を抑えて貼合不良の発生を抑制できる。 Moreover, in the film bonding system 1, the knife edge 31c peels the optical member F1X from the separator sheet F3a with the bonding surface with the liquid crystal panel P facing downward, and the bonding head 32 is opposite to the bonding surface. The upper surface of is attached to and held on the holding surface 32a and moved between the peeling position and the bonding position with the bonding surface facing downward. Therefore, the optical member sheet FX will be conveyed with the bonding surface on the adhesive layer F2a side facing downward, and the bonding surface of the optical member sheet FX will be prevented from being scratched or adhered with foreign matter, etc. Can be suppressed.
 また、フィルム貼合システム1は、前記液晶パネルPを搬入位置(各ロータリ始発位置11a,16a)、前記貼合位置(各吸着ステージ41)及び搬出位置(各ロータリ終着位置11b,16b)に移動させるロータリインデックス11,16を備えることで、液晶パネルPの搬送方向を効率よく切り替えると共にロータリインデックス11,16もラインの一部としてライン長さを抑えることができ、システムの設置自由度を高めることができる。 Moreover, the film bonding system 1 moves the liquid crystal panel P to a loading position (respective rotary starting positions 11a, 16a), a bonding position (removing each suction stage 41), and a carry-out position (respective rotary final positions 11b, 16b). By providing the rotary indexes 11 and 16 to be switched, the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P can be efficiently switched and the length of the rotary indexes 11 and 16 can be suppressed as a part of the line, increasing the degree of freedom of system installation. Can do.
(第二実施形態)
 続いて、第二実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の構成について説明する。図14は、本実施形態に係る第一貼合装置113の概略側面図である。尚、第二貼合装置及び第三貼合装置も同様の構成を有するものとしてその詳細説明は省略する。図14においては、便宜上、第一検出カメラ34、第二検出カメラ35及び第三検出カメラ36の図示を省略している。以下の説明において、第一実施形態と共通する構成要素については、同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。
(Second embodiment)
Then, the structure of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 2nd embodiment is demonstrated. FIG. 14 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 113 according to the present embodiment. In addition, the 2nd bonding apparatus and the 3rd bonding apparatus abbreviate | omit the detailed description as what has the same structure. In FIG. 14, the first detection camera 34, the second detection camera 35, and the third detection camera 36 are not shown for convenience. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図14に示すように、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41と回収ステージ42とは、シート搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されている。回収ステージ42は、吸着ステージ41を挟んでナイフエッジ31cと対向する位置に配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 14, the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveyance direction. The collection stage 42 is disposed at a position facing the knife edge 31c with the suction stage 41 interposed therebetween.
 この構成においても、液晶パネルPの表面に異物等が付着することを抑制することができる、といった第一実施形態と同様の効果を奏する。さらに、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41と回収ステージ42とがシート搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されているため、移動装置70による貼合ヘッド32の移動も直線状とすることができる。従って、回収ステージ42がシート搬送ラインの側方に配置される構成に比べて、移動装置70による貼合ヘッド32の移動軸を減らすことができ、不良品シート片をスムーズに回収することができる。 Even in this configuration, the same effects as those of the first embodiment can be obtained, such as the adhesion of foreign matter or the like to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveying direction, the movement of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can also be linear. Accordingly, the moving axis of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can be reduced compared to the configuration in which the collecting stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, and defective product sheet pieces can be collected smoothly. .
(第三実施形態)
 続いて、第三実施形態に係る第一貼合装置の構成について説明する。図15は、本実施形態に係る第一貼合装置213の概略側面図である。尚、第二貼合装置及び第三貼合装置も同様の構成を有するものとしてその詳細説明は省略する。図15においては、便宜上、第一検出カメラ34、第二検出カメラ35及び第三検出カメラ36の図示を省略している。以下の説明において、第一実施形態と共通する構成要素については、同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。
(Third embodiment)
Then, the structure of the 1st bonding apparatus which concerns on 3rd embodiment is demonstrated. FIG. 15 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 213 according to the present embodiment. In addition, the 2nd bonding apparatus and the 3rd bonding apparatus abbreviate | omit the detailed description as what has the same structure. In FIG. 15, the first detection camera 34, the second detection camera 35, and the third detection camera 36 are not shown for convenience. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図15に示すように、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41と回収ステージ42とは、シート搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されている。回収ステージ42は、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41との間に配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 15, the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are arranged linearly along the sheet conveyance direction. The collection stage 42 is disposed between the knife edge 31 c and the suction stage 41.
 この構成においても、液晶パネルPの表面に異物等が付着することを抑制することができる、といった第一実施形態と同様の効果を奏する。さらに、ナイフエッジ31cと吸着ステージ41と回収ステージ42とがシート搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されているため、移動装置70による貼合ヘッド32の移動も直線状とすることができる。従って、回収ステージ42がシート搬送ラインの側方に配置される構成に比べて、移動装置70による貼合ヘッド32の移動軸を減らすことができ、不良品シート片をスムーズに回収することができる。 Even in this configuration, the same effects as those of the first embodiment can be obtained, such as the adhesion of foreign matter or the like to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the knife edge 31c, the suction stage 41, and the collection stage 42 are linearly arranged along the sheet conveying direction, the movement of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can also be linear. Accordingly, the moving axis of the bonding head 32 by the moving device 70 can be reduced compared to the configuration in which the collecting stage 42 is disposed on the side of the sheet conveyance line, and defective product sheet pieces can be collected smoothly. .
(第四実施形態)
 続いて、第四実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムの構成について説明する。図16は、本実施形態のフィルム貼合システム2の概略構成図である。図16では図示都合上、フィルム貼合システム2を上下二段に分けて記載している。以下、第一実施形態と共通する構成要素については、同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。
(Fourth embodiment)
Then, the structure of the film bonding system which concerns on 4th embodiment is demonstrated. FIG. 16 is a schematic configuration diagram of the film bonding system 2 of the present embodiment. In FIG. 16, for convenience of illustration, the film bonding system 2 is described in two upper and lower stages. Hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to components common to the first embodiment, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 第一実施形態においては、貼合ヘッド32によって貼合される光学部材F1Xの幅及び長さが液晶パネルPの表示領域P4におけるそれと同等である場合を例に挙げた。これに対し、本実施形態においては、表示領域P4よりも大きい(幅及び長さが大きい)シート片を液晶パネルPに貼合した後、シート片の余剰部分を切り離す切断装置を備えており、この点において第一実施形態と大きく異なる。 In the first embodiment, the case where the width and length of the optical member F1X bonded by the bonding head 32 is equivalent to that in the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P is taken as an example. On the other hand, in this embodiment, after pasting a sheet piece larger than the display region P4 (width and length) to the liquid crystal panel P, a cutting device for cutting off an excess portion of the sheet piece is provided. In this respect, it differs greatly from the first embodiment.
 本実施形態において、フィルム貼合システム2は、図16に示すように、液晶パネルPの表裏面に、長尺帯状の第一、第二及び第三光学部材シートF1,F2,F3(光学部材シートFX)から切り出した第一、第二及び第三光学部材F11,F12,F13(図3参照、光学部材F1X)を貼合する。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the film bonding system 2 has long, strip-like first, second, and third optical member sheets F1, F2, and F3 (optical members) on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P. The first, second and third optical members F11, F12, F13 (see FIG. 3, optical member F1X) cut out from the sheet FX) are bonded together.
 尚、本実施形態において、第一、第二及び第三光学部材F11,F12,F13は、後述する第一、第二及び第三シート片F1m,F2m,F3m(以下、シート片FXmと総称することもある)から、その表示領域の外側の余剰部分を切り離すことにより形成されたものである。 In the present embodiment, the first, second, and third optical members F11, F12, and F13 are first, second, and third sheet pieces F1m, F2m, and F3m (hereinafter collectively referred to as sheet pieces FXm). In other cases, the excess portion outside the display area is cut off.
 図17はフィルム貼合システム2の平面図(上面図)であり、以下、図16,17を参照してフィルム貼合システム2について説明する。尚、図中矢印Fは液晶パネルPの搬送方向を示す。以下の説明でも、第一実施形態と同様、液晶パネルPの搬送方向上流側をパネル搬送上流側、液晶パネルPの搬送方向下流側をパネル搬送下流側という。 FIG. 17 is a plan view (top view) of the film bonding system 2, and the film bonding system 2 will be described below with reference to FIGS. In the figure, an arrow F indicates the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P. In the following description, as in the first embodiment, the upstream side in the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P is referred to as the upstream side of the panel transport, and the downstream side in the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P is referred to as the downstream side of the panel transport.
 フィルム貼合システム2は、メインコンベヤ5の所定位置を貼合工程の始点5a及び終点5bとする。フィルム貼合システム2は、第一サブコンベヤ6及び第二サブコンベヤ7と、第一搬送装置8と、洗浄装置9と、第一ロータリインデックス11と、第二搬送装置12と、第一貼合装置13及び第二貼合装置15と、フィルム剥離装置14と、第一切断装置51と、を備える。 The film bonding system 2 sets the predetermined position of the main conveyor 5 as the start point 5a and the end point 5b of the bonding process. The film bonding system 2 includes a first sub conveyor 6 and a second sub conveyor 7, a first conveying device 8, a cleaning device 9, a first rotary index 11, a second conveying device 12, and a first bonding. The apparatus 13 and the 2nd bonding apparatus 15, the film peeling apparatus 14, and the 1st cutting device 51 are provided.
 さらに、フィルム貼合システム2は、第一ロータリインデックス11のパネル搬送下流側に設けられる第二ロータリインデックス16と、第三搬送装置17と、第三貼合装置18と、第二切断装置52と、第二サブコンベヤ7と、第四搬送装置21と、第五搬送装置22と、を備える。 Furthermore, the film bonding system 2 includes a second rotary index 16 provided on the panel transport downstream side of the first rotary index 11, a third transport device 17, a third bonding device 18, and a second cutting device 52. The second sub-conveyor 7, the fourth transport device 21, and the fifth transport device 22 are provided.
 フィルム貼合システム2は、駆動式のメインコンベヤ5、各サブコンベヤ6,7及び各ロータリインデックス11,16が形成するラインを用いて液晶パネルPを搬送しつつ、液晶パネルPに順次所定の処理を施す。液晶パネルPは、例えばメインコンベヤ5では表示領域P4の短辺を搬送方向に沿わせた向きで搬送され、メインコンベヤ5と直交する各サブコンベヤ6,7では表示領域P4の長辺を搬送方向に沿わせた向きで搬送され、各ロータリインデックス11,16では表示領域P4の長辺を各ロータリインデックス11,16の径方向に沿わせた向きで搬送される。 The film laminating system 2 uses the lines formed by the driven main conveyor 5, the sub conveyors 6 and 7, and the rotary indexes 11 and 16 to transfer the liquid crystal panel P to the liquid crystal panel P in order. Apply. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed, for example, in the main conveyor 5 with the short side of the display area P4 along the conveying direction, and in each of the sub conveyors 6 and 7 orthogonal to the main conveyor 5, the long side of the display area P4 is conveyed in the conveying direction. In each rotary index 11, 16, the long side of the display area P 4 is conveyed in a direction along the radial direction of each rotary index 11, 16.
 フィルム貼合システム2は、液晶パネルPの表裏面に対して、帯状の光学部材シートFXから所定長さに切り出した貼合シートF5のシート片(光学部材F1Xに相当)を貼合する。 The film bonding system 2 bonds a sheet piece (corresponding to the optical member F1X) of the bonding sheet F5 cut out to a predetermined length from the belt-shaped optical member sheet FX on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P.
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、第二搬送装置12からの搬入位置(図17の平面視の左端部)を第一ロータリ始発位置11aとして右回りに回転駆動する。第一ロータリインデックス11は、第一ロータリ始発位置11aから右回りに90°回転した位置(図17の上端部)を第一貼合搬出入位置11cとする。 The first rotary index 11 is rotationally driven clockwise with the carry-in position from the second transport device 12 (left end portion in plan view in FIG. 17) as the first rotary starting position 11a. The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (upper end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 1st rotary first departure position 11a the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c.
 この第一貼合搬出入位置11cにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第一貼合装置13に搬入される。本実施形態では、第一貼合装置13により液晶パネルPにおけるバックライト側の第一シート片F1mの貼合がなされる。第一シート片F1mは、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4よりも大きいサイズの第一光学部材シートF1のシート片である。第一貼合装置13により液晶パネルPの表裏一方の面に第一シート片F1mが貼合されることにより、第一光学部材貼合体PA1が形成される。第一光学部材貼合体PA1は、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第一貼合装置13から第一ロータリインデックス11の第一貼合搬出入位置11cへと搬入される。 In this first bonding carry-in / out position 11c, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the first bonding apparatus 13 by a transport robot (not shown). In this embodiment, the 1st sheet | seat piece F1m of the backlight side in liquid crystal panel P is bonded by the 1st bonding apparatus 13. FIG. The first sheet piece F1m is a sheet piece of the first optical member sheet F1 having a size larger than the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. The 1st optical member bonding body PA1 is formed when the 1st sheet piece F1m is bonded by the 1st bonding apparatus 13 on the surface one side of liquid crystal panel P. As shown in FIG. 1st optical member bonding body PA1 is carried in from the 1st bonding apparatus 13 to the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c of the 1st rotary index 11 by the conveyance robot not shown.
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、第一貼合搬出入位置11cから右回りに45°回転した位置(図17の右上端部)をフィルム剥離位置11eとする。このフィルム剥離位置11eにて、フィルム剥離装置14による第一シート片F1mの表面保護フィルムF4aの剥離がなされる。 The 1st rotary index 11 makes the film peeling position 11e the position (upper right end part of FIG. 17) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the 1st bonding carrying in / out position 11c. At the film peeling position 11e, the film peeling device 14 peels the surface protection film F4a of the first sheet piece F1m.
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、フィルム剥離位置11eから右回りに45°回転した位置(図17の右端位置)を第二貼合搬出入位置11dとする。
 この第二貼合搬出入位置11dにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第二貼合装置15に搬入される。本実施形態では、第二貼合装置15により液晶パネルPにおけるバックライト側の第二シート片F2mの貼合がなされる。第二シート片F2mは、液晶パネルPの表示領域よりも大きいサイズの第二光学部材シートF2のシート片である。第二貼合装置15により第一光学部材貼合体PA1の第一シート片F1m側の面に第二シート片F2mが貼合されることにより、第二光学部材貼合体PA2が形成される。
第二光学部材貼合体PA2は、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第二貼合装置15から第一ロータリインデックス11の第二貼合搬出入位置11dへと搬入される。
The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (right end position of FIG. 17) rotated 45 degrees clockwise from the film peeling position 11e the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d.
At this second bonding carry-in / out position 11d, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the second bonding apparatus 15 by a transport robot (not shown). In this embodiment, the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 bonds the 2nd sheet piece F2m by the side of the backlight in liquid crystal panel P. As shown in FIG. The second sheet piece F2m is a sheet piece of the second optical member sheet F2 having a size larger than the display area of the liquid crystal panel P. The 2nd optical member bonding body PA2 is formed by the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 bonding the 2nd sheet piece F2m to the surface at the side of the 1st sheet piece F1m of 1st optical member bonding body PA1.
2nd optical member bonding body PA2 is carried in from the 2nd bonding apparatus 15 to the 2nd bonding carrying in / out position 11d of the 1st rotary index 11 by the conveyance robot not shown.
 第一ロータリインデックス11は、第二貼合位置11dから右回りに90°回転した位置(図17の下端部)を第一ロータリ終着位置(第一切断位置)11bとする。 The 1st rotary index 11 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd bonding position 11d the 1st rotary terminal position (1st cutting position) 11b.
 本実施形態において、第一ロータリ終着位置11bは、第一切断装置51よる第一シート片F1mおよび第二シート片F2mの切断が行われる第一切断位置である。第一切断装置51は、液晶パネルPに貼合された第一シート片F1m及び第二シート片F2mのそれぞれから液晶パネルPの表示領域P4と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分をまとめて切り離し、第一光学部材シートF1からなる第一光学部材F11及び第二光学部材シートF2からなる第二光学部材F12を、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4に対応する大きさの光学部材として形成する。 In the present embodiment, the first rotary terminal position 11b is a first cutting position where the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m are cut by the first cutting device 51. The 1st cutting device 51 puts together the excess part arrange | positioned on the outer side of the part which opposes the display area P4 of liquid crystal panel P from each of the 1st sheet piece F1m bonded to liquid crystal panel P, and the 2nd sheet piece F2m. The first optical member F11 made of the first optical member sheet F1 and the second optical member F12 made of the second optical member sheet F2 are formed as optical members having a size corresponding to the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. .
 尚、本明細書において、「表示領域P4と対向する部分」とは、表示領域P4の大きさ以上、光学表示部品(液晶パネルP)の外形状の大きさ以下の大きさを有する領域で、かつ、電気部品取付部などの機能部分を避けた領域を示す。すなわち、「表示領域P4と対向する部分の外側の余剰部分を切り離し」とは、光学表示部品(液晶パネルP)の外周縁に沿って余剰部分を切り離す場合を含む。 In the present specification, the “part facing the display region P4” is a region having a size not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the optical display component (liquid crystal panel P). And the area | region which avoided functional parts, such as an electrical component attachment part, is shown. That is, “separate the excess portion outside the portion facing the display region P4” includes the case where the excess portion is separated along the outer peripheral edge of the optical display component (liquid crystal panel P).
 第一シート片F1mと第二シート片F2mを液晶パネルPに貼合した後にまとめてカットすることで、第一光学部材F11と第二光学部材F12との位置ずれがなくなり、表示領域P4の外周縁の形状に合った第一光学部材F11および第二光学部材F12が得られる。また、第一シート片F1mと第二シート片F2mの切断工程も簡略化される。 By bonding the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m to the liquid crystal panel P and then cutting them together, the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 are not misaligned, and the outside of the display area P4. The first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 that match the shape of the periphery are obtained. Moreover, the cutting process of the 1st sheet piece F1m and the 2nd sheet piece F2m is also simplified.
 第一切断装置51により第二光学部材貼合体PA2から第一シート片F1m及び第二シート片F2mの余剰部分が切り離されることにより、液晶パネルPの表裏一方の面に第一光学部材F11および第二光学部材F12が貼合されてなる第三光学部材貼合体PA3が形成される。第一シート片FX1および第二シート片F2mから切り離された余剰部分は、図示略の剥離装置によって液晶パネルPから剥離され回収される。第三光学部材貼合体PA3は、第一ロータリ終着位置11bにて、第三搬送装置17により搬出される。 The first optical device F11 and the first optical member F11 and the second surface piece of the liquid crystal panel P are separated from the first and second surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portions of the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m from the second optical member bonding body PA2 by the first cutting device 51. 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 formed by bonding 2 optical member F12 is formed. The surplus part cut off from the first sheet piece FX1 and the second sheet piece F2m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown). 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 is carried out by the 3rd conveying apparatus 17 in the 1st rotary terminal position 11b.
 第三搬送装置17は、液晶パネルP(第三光学部材貼合体PA3)を保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第三搬送装置17は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第二ロータリインデックス16の第二ロータリ始発位置16aへ搬送すると共に、この搬送時に液晶パネルPの表裏を反転し、第二ロータリ始発位置16aで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第二ロータリインデックス16に受け渡す。 3rd conveyance apparatus 17 hold | maintains liquid crystal panel P (3rd optical member bonding body PA3), and conveys it freely in a vertical direction and a horizontal direction. The third transport device 17 transports, for example, the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second rotary starting position 16a of the second rotary index 16, and reverses the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P during this transport, so that the second rotary starting position The suction is released at 16 a and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the second rotary index 16.
 第二ロータリインデックス16は、第三搬送装置17からの搬入位置(図17の平面視の上端部)を第二ロータリ始発位置16aとして右回りに回転駆動する。第二ロータリインデックス16は、第二ロータリ始発位置16aから右回りに90°回転した位置(図17の右端部)を第三貼合搬出入位置16cとする。 The second rotary index 16 is rotated in the clockwise direction with the carry-in position from the third transport device 17 (the upper end portion in plan view in FIG. 17) as the second rotary initial position 16a. The 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (right end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 2nd rotary initial position 16a the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c.
 この第三貼合搬出入位置16cにおいて、液晶パネルPは、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第三貼合装置18に搬入される。本実施形態では、第三貼合装置18により表示面側の第三シート片F3mの貼合がなされる。第三シート片F3mは、液晶パネルPの表示領域よりも大きいサイズの第三光学部材シートF3のシート片である。第三貼合装置18により液晶パネルPの表裏他方の面(第三光学部材貼合体PA3の第一光学部材F11および第二光学部材F12が貼合された面とは反対側の面)に第三シート片F3mが貼合されることにより、第四光学部材貼合体PA4が形成される。第四光学部材貼合体PA4は、不図示の搬送ロボットにより第三貼合装置18から第二ロータリインデックス16の第三貼合搬出入位置16cへと搬入される。 At this third bonding carry-in / out position 16c, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the third bonding apparatus 18 by a transport robot (not shown). In this embodiment, the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 bonds the 3rd sheet piece F3m by the side of a display surface. The third sheet piece F3m is a sheet piece of the third optical member sheet F3 having a size larger than the display area of the liquid crystal panel P. The third bonding device 18 changes the surface of the liquid crystal panel P to the other surface (the surface opposite to the surface on which the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 of the third optical member bonding body PA3 are bonded). The fourth optical member bonding body PA4 is formed by bonding the three sheet pieces F3m. 4th optical member bonding body PA4 is carried in from the 3rd bonding apparatus 18 to the 3rd bonding carrying in / out position 16c of the 2nd rotary index 16 by the conveyance robot not shown.
 本実施形態において、第二ロータリインデックス16は、第三貼合位置16cから右回りに90°回転した位置(図17の下端部)を第二切断位置16dとする。この第二切断位置16dにて、第二切断装置52よる第三シート片F3mの切断が行われる。第二切断装置52は、液晶パネルPに貼合された第三シート片F3mから液晶パネルPの表示領域P4と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4に対応する大きさの光学部材(第三光学部材F13)を形成する。 In this embodiment, the 2nd rotary index 16 makes the position (lower end part of FIG. 17) rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the 3rd bonding position 16c the 2nd cutting position 16d. At the second cutting position 16d, the third sheet piece F3m is cut by the second cutting device 52. The 2nd cutting device 52 cut | disconnects the excess part arrange | positioned outside the part facing the display area P4 of liquid crystal panel P from the 3rd sheet piece F3m bonded by liquid crystal panel P, and displays area P4 of liquid crystal panel P An optical member having a size corresponding to (third optical member F13) is formed.
 第二切断装置52により第四光学部材貼合体PA4から第三シート片F3mの余剰部分が切り離されることにより、液晶パネルPの表裏他方の面に第三光学部材F13が貼合され、且つ、液晶パネルPの表裏一方の面に第一光学部材F11および第二光学部材F12が貼合されてなる第五光学部材貼合体PA5が形成される。第三シート片F3mから切り離された余剰部分は、図示略の剥離装置によって液晶パネルPから剥離され回収される。 The third optical member F13 is bonded to the other side of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portion of the third sheet piece F3m from the fourth optical member bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 52, and the liquid crystal The 5th optical member bonding body PA5 formed by bonding the 1st optical member F11 and the 2nd optical member F12 to the surface one side of the panel P is formed. The surplus part cut off from the third sheet piece F3m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
 ここで、第一切断装置51および第二切断装置52は、例えばCO2レーザーカッターである。尚、第一及び第二切断装置51,52の構成はこれに限定されることはなく、例えば、切断刃などの他の切断手段を用いることも可能である。 Here, the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 are, for example, CO2 laser cutters. In addition, the structure of the 1st and 2nd cutting devices 51 and 52 is not limited to this, For example, it is also possible to use other cutting means, such as a cutting blade.
 第一切断装置51および第二切断装置52は、液晶パネルPに貼合されたシート片FXmを表示領域P4の外周縁に沿って無端状に切断する。第一切断装置51と第二切断装置52は、同一のレーザー出力装置53に接続されている。第一切断装置51、第二切断装置52およびレーザー出力装置53によって、シート片FXmから表示領域P4と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、表示領域P4に対応する大きさの光学部材シートFXを形成する切断手段が構成されている。各シート片F1m,F2m,F3mの切断に必要なレーザー出力はそれほど大きくないため、レーザー出力装置53から出力された高出力のレーザー光を二つに分岐して第一切断装置51と第二切断装置52に供給してもよい。 The first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 cut the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P in an endless manner along the outer peripheral edge of the display region P4. The first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52 are connected to the same laser output device 53. By the first cutting device 51, the second cutting device 52, and the laser output device 53, the excess portion disposed outside the portion facing the display region P4 is separated from the sheet piece FXm, and an optical having a size corresponding to the display region P4. Cutting means for forming the member sheet FX is configured. Since the laser output required for cutting each of the sheet pieces F1m, F2m, and F3m is not so large, the high-power laser light output from the laser output device 53 is branched into two, and the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device. You may supply to the apparatus 52. FIG.
 本実施形態において、第二ロータリインデックス16は、第二切断位置16dから右回りに90°回転した位置(図17の左端部)を第二ロータリ終着位置16bとする。この第二ロータリ終着位置16bにて、第四搬送装置21による第五光学部材貼合体PA5の搬出がなされる。 In the present embodiment, the second rotary index 16 has a position (left end portion in FIG. 17) rotated 90 ° clockwise from the second cutting position 16d as the second rotary terminal position 16b. The fifth optical member bonding body PA5 is carried out by the fourth transport device 21 at the second rotary terminal position 16b.
 第四搬送装置21は、液晶パネルP(第五光学部材貼合体PA5)を保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第四搬送装置21は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPを第二サブコンベヤ7の第二始発位置7aへ搬送し、第二始発位置7aで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPを第二サブコンベヤ7に受け渡す。 The 4th conveyance apparatus 21 hold | maintains liquid crystal panel P (5th optical member bonding body PA5), and conveys it freely in a perpendicular direction and a horizontal direction. For example, the fourth transport device 21 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the second starting position 7a of the second sub-conveyor 7, releases the suction at the second starting position 7a, and moves the liquid crystal panel P to the second sub-conveying position 7a. Delivered to the conveyor 7.
 第五搬送装置22は、液晶パネルP(第五光学部材貼合体PA5)を保持して垂直方向及び水平方向で自在に搬送する。第五搬送装置22は、例えば吸着によって保持した液晶パネルPをメインコンベヤ5の終点5bへ搬送し、終点5bで前記吸着を解除して液晶パネルPをメインコンベヤ5に受け渡す。 The fifth transport device 22 holds the liquid crystal panel P (fifth optical member bonding body PA5) and transports it freely in the vertical and horizontal directions. For example, the fifth transport device 22 transports the liquid crystal panel P held by suction to the end point 5b of the main conveyor 5, releases the suction at the end point 5b, and delivers the liquid crystal panel P to the main conveyor 5.
 第二ロータリ終着位置16b以降の液晶パネルP(第五光学部材貼合体PA5)の搬送経路上には図示略の貼合検査位置が設置されており、この貼合検査位置にて、フィルム貼合がなされたワーク(液晶パネルP)の図示略の検査装置による検査(光学部材F1Xの位置が適正か否か(位置ズレが公差範囲内にあるか否か)等の検査)がなされる。液晶パネルPに対する光学部材F1Xの位置が適正ではないと判定されたワークは、不図示の払い出し手段によりシステム外に排出される。 An unillustrated bonding inspection position is installed on the transport path of the liquid crystal panel P (fifth optical member bonding body PA5) after the second rotary terminal position 16b, and film bonding is performed at this bonding inspection position. An inspection (not shown) of the workpiece (liquid crystal panel P) subjected to the inspection (inspection of whether or not the position of the optical member F1X is appropriate (whether the positional deviation is within the tolerance range) or the like) is performed. The work determined that the position of the optical member F1X with respect to the liquid crystal panel P is not appropriate is discharged out of the system by a not-shown discharging means.
 以上をもってフィルム貼合システム2による貼合工程が完了する。 Thus, the bonding process by the film bonding system 2 is completed.
 以下、第一貼合装置13による液晶パネルPへの貼合シートF5の貼合工程を例に挙げて説明する。尚、第一貼合装置13と同一の構成を有する第二及び第三貼合装置15,18による貼合工程についての説明は省略する。 Hereinafter, the first bonding apparatus 13 will be described with an example of the bonding process of the bonding sheet F5 to the liquid crystal panel P. In addition, the description about the bonding process by the 2nd and 3rd bonding apparatuses 15 and 18 which have the same structure as the 1st bonding apparatus 13 is abbreviate | omitted.
 本実施形態において、第一貼合装置13は、第一光学部材シートF1から液晶パネルPの表示領域P4よりも大きい貼合シートF5のシート片(第一シート片F1m)を切り出し、この貼合シートF5のシート片(第一シート片F1m)を貼合ヘッド32の保持面32aに保持すると共に、貼合シートF5のシート片(第一シート片F1m)を液晶パネルPに押し付けることにより貼合する。 In this embodiment, the 1st bonding apparatus 13 cuts out the sheet piece (1st sheet piece F1m) of the bonding sheet | seat F5 larger than the display area P4 of liquid crystal panel P from the 1st optical member sheet | seat F1, and this bonding. While holding the sheet piece (first sheet piece F1m) of the sheet F5 on the holding surface 32a of the bonding head 32, the sheet piece (first sheet piece F1m) of the bonding sheet F5 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P by pressing. To do.
 吸着ステージ41は、各検出カメラ34~38の検出情報に基づき制御装置25によって駆動制御される。これにより、各貼合位置においての貼合ヘッド32に対する液晶パネルPのアライメントが行われる。 The suction stage 41 is driven and controlled by the control device 25 based on the detection information of each of the detection cameras 34 to 38. Thereby, alignment of liquid crystal panel P with respect to the bonding head 32 in each bonding position is performed.
 この液晶パネルPに対し、アライメントがなされた貼合ヘッド32から貼合シートF5(シート片FXm)を貼合することで、光学部材F1Xの貼合バラツキが抑えられ、液晶パネルPに対する光学部材F1Xの光学軸方向の精度が向上し、光学表示デバイスの精彩及びコントラストが高まる。 By bonding the bonding sheet F5 (sheet piece FXm) from the alignment bonding head 32 to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding variation of the optical member F1X is suppressed, and the optical member F1X for the liquid crystal panel P is suppressed. The accuracy in the optical axis direction of the optical display device is improved, and the vividness and contrast of the optical display device are increased.
 ここで、光学部材シートFXを構成する偏光子フィルムは、例えば二色性色素で染色したPVAフィルムを一軸延伸して形成されるが、延伸する際のPVAフィルムの厚さのムラや二色性色素の染色ムラ等に起因して、光学部材シートFXの面内に学軸方向のばらつきが生じる場合がある。 Here, the polarizer film constituting the optical member sheet FX is formed by, for example, uniaxially stretching a PVA film dyed with a dichroic dye, but the PVA film has uneven thickness or dichroism when stretched. There may be a variation in the direction of the academic axis in the plane of the optical member sheet FX due to uneven coloring of the pigment.
 そこで、本実施形態では、記憶装置24(図16参照)に予め記憶した光学部材シートFXの各部における光学軸の面内分布の検査データに基づき、制御装置25が、光学部材シートFXに対する液晶パネルPの貼合位置(相対貼合位置)を決定する。そして、各貼合装置13,15,18は、この貼合位置に合わせて、光学部材シートFXから切り出したシート片FXmに対する液晶パネルPのアライメントを行い、シート片FXmに液晶パネルPを貼合する。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, the control device 25 uses the liquid crystal panel for the optical member sheet FX based on the inspection data of the in-plane distribution of the optical axis in each part of the optical member sheet FX stored in advance in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16). P bonding position (relative bonding position) is determined. And each bonding apparatus 13,15,18 aligns liquid crystal panel P with respect to the sheet piece FXm cut out from the optical member sheet | seat FX according to this bonding position, and bonds liquid crystal panel P to the sheet piece FXm. To do.
 液晶パネルPに対するシート片FXmの貼合位置(相対貼合位置)の決定方法は、例えば次のとおりである。 The determination method of the bonding position (relative bonding position) of the sheet piece FXm to the liquid crystal panel P is, for example, as follows.
 まず、図18Aに示すように、光学部材シートFXの幅方向に複数の検査ポイントCPを設定し、各検査ポイントCPにおいて光学部材シートFXの光学軸の方向を検出する。光学軸を検出するタイミングは、原反ロールR1の製造時でもよく、原反ロールR1から光学部材シートFXを巻き出してハーフカットするまでの間でもよい。光学部材シートFXの光学軸方向のデータは、光学部材シートFXの位置(光学部材シートFXの長手方向の位置および幅方向の位置)と関連付けられて記憶装置(不図示)に記憶される。 First, as shown in FIG. 18A, a plurality of inspection points CP are set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the direction of the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is detected at each inspection point CP. The timing for detecting the optical axis may be at the time of manufacturing the original fabric roll R1, or may be until the optical member sheet FX is unwound from the original fabric roll R1 and half cut. Data in the optical axis direction of the optical member sheet FX is stored in a storage device (not shown) in association with the position of the optical member sheet FX (position in the longitudinal direction and position in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX).
 制御装置25は、記憶装置(不図示)から各検査ポイントCPの光学軸のデータ(光学軸の面内分布の検査データ)を取得し、シート片FXmが切り出される部分の光学部材シートFX(切込線CLによって区画される領域)の平均的な光学軸の方向を検出する。 The control device 25 acquires the optical axis data (inspection data of the in-plane distribution of the optical axis) of each inspection point CP from the storage device (not shown), and the optical member sheet FX (cut) of the portion from which the sheet piece FXm is cut out. The direction of the average optical axis in the area defined by the lead-in line CL is detected.
 例えば、図18Bに示すように、光学軸の方向と光学部材シートFXのエッジラインELとのなす角度(ずれ角)を検査ポイントCP毎に検出し、前記ずれ角のうち最も大きな角度(最大ずれ角)をθmaxとし、最も小さな角度(最小ずれ角)をθminとしたときに、最大ずれ角θmaxと最小ずれ角θminとの平均値θmid(=(θmax+θmin)/2)を平均ずれ角として検出する。そして、光学部材シートFXのエッジラインELに対して平均ずれ角θmidをなす方向を光学部材シートFXの平均的な光学軸の方向として検出する。尚、前記ずれ角は、例えば、光学部材シートFXのエッジラインELに対して左回りの方向を正とし、右回りの方向を負として算出される。 For example, as shown in FIG. 18B, an angle (deviation angle) formed between the direction of the optical axis and the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected for each inspection point CP, and the largest of the deviation angles (maximum deviation). Angle) is θmax and the smallest angle (minimum deviation angle) is θmin, and an average value θmid (= (θmax + θmin) / 2) of the maximum deviation angle θmax and the minimum deviation angle θmin is detected as an average deviation angle. . Then, the direction that forms the average deviation angle θmid with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected as the average direction of the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX. The deviation angle is calculated, for example, with the counterclockwise direction being positive with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX and the clockwise direction being negative.
 そして、上記の方法で検出された光学部材シートFXの平均的な光学軸の方向が、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4の長辺または短辺に対して所望の角度をなすように、液晶パネルPに対するシート片FXmの貼合位置(相対貼合位置)が決定される。例えば、設計仕様によって光学部材F1Xの光学軸の方向が表示領域P4の長辺または短辺に対して90°をなす方向に設定されている場合には、光学部材シートFXの平均的な光学軸の方向が表示領域P4の長辺又は短辺に対して90°をなすように、シート片FXmが液晶パネルPに貼合される。 Then, the direction of the average optical axis of the optical member sheet FX detected by the above method makes a desired angle with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. The bonding position (relative bonding position) of the sheet piece FXm is determined. For example, when the direction of the optical axis of the optical member F1X is set to be 90 ° with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4 according to the design specifications, the average optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is set. The sheet piece FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P so that the direction is 90 ° with respect to the long side or the short side of the display region P4.
 前述した切断装置51,52は、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4の外周縁をカメラ等の検出手段で検出し、液晶パネルPに貼合されたシート片FXmを表示領域P4の外周縁に沿って無端状に切断する。表示領域P4の外周縁は、液晶パネルPの端部、液晶パネルPに設けられたアライメントマーク、若しくは、表示領域P4に設けられたブラックマトリクスの最外縁などを撮像することによって検出される。表示領域P4の外側には、液晶パネルPの第一及び第二基板を接合するシール剤等を配置する所定幅の額縁部G(図3参照)が設けられており、この額縁部Gの幅内で切断装置51,52によるシート片FXmの切断が行われる。 The above-described cutting devices 51 and 52 detect the outer peripheral edge of the display area P4 of the liquid crystal panel P with a detecting means such as a camera, and the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is along the outer peripheral edge of the display area P4. Cut endlessly. The outer peripheral edge of the display area P4 is detected by imaging the edge of the liquid crystal panel P, the alignment mark provided on the liquid crystal panel P, or the outermost edge of the black matrix provided in the display area P4. Outside the display area P4, a frame portion G (see FIG. 3) having a predetermined width for arranging a sealant or the like for bonding the first and second substrates of the liquid crystal panel P is provided. The sheet piece FXm is cut by the cutting devices 51 and 52.
 尚、光学部材シートFXの面内の平均的な光学軸の方向の検出方法は上記方法に限定されることはない。例えば、光学部材シートFXの幅方向に設定された複数の検査ポイントCP(図18A参照)の中から一または複数の検査ポイントCPを選択し、選択された検査ポイントCP毎に、光学軸の方向と光学部材シートFXのエッジラインELとのなす角度(ずれ角)を検出する。そして、選択された一または複数の検査ポイントCPの光学軸方向のずれ角の平均値を平均ずれ角として検出し、光学部材シートFXのエッジラインELに対して前記平均ずれ角をなす方向を光学部材シートFXの平均的な光学軸の方向として検出してもよい。 In addition, the detection method of the direction of the average optical axis in the surface of the optical member sheet FX is not limited to the above method. For example, one or a plurality of inspection points CP is selected from a plurality of inspection points CP (see FIG. 18A) set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the direction of the optical axis is selected for each selected inspection point CP. And the angle (deviation angle) formed by the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected. Then, the average value of the deviation angles in the optical axis direction of the selected one or more inspection points CP is detected as the average deviation angle, and the direction forming the average deviation angle with respect to the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is optically detected. You may detect as the direction of the average optical axis of member sheet FX.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態におけるフィルム貼合システム2は、液晶パネルPに光学部材F1Xを貼合してなるものであって、液晶パネルPの表示領域P4の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか一方の辺の長さよりも広い幅の帯状の光学部材シートFXを原反ロールR1から巻き出しつつ、光学部材シートFXを表示領域P4の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか他方の辺の長さよりも長い長さでカットしてシート片FXmとした後、シート片FXmを液晶パネルPに貼り合わせる貼合装置13,15,18と、液晶パネルPに貼合されたシート片FXmから表示領域P4と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、表示領域P4に対応する大きさの光学部材F1Xを形成する切断装置51,52と、を含み、貼合装置13,15,18は、光学部材シートFXを原反ロールR1からセパレータシートF3aと共に巻き出す巻き出し部31aと、巻き出し部31aによって巻き出された光学部材シートFXに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、判定部の判定結果に基づいて、光学部材シートFXをセパレータシートF3aを残してカットして、欠点を含まない良品シート片又は欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成する切断装置31bと、良品シート片又は不良品シート片をセパレータシートF3aから剥離させるナイフエッジ31cと、液晶パネルPを吸着して保持する吸着面41aを有する吸着ステージ41と、吸着面41aの法線方向から見て吸着ステージ41と重ならない位置に配置され、不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージ42と、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された良品シート片を保持して液晶パネルPに貼合するとともに、セパレータシートF3aから剥離された不良品シート片を保持して回収ステージ42に貼合する貼合ヘッド32と、貼合ヘッド32をナイフエッジ31cと液晶パネルPとの間、又は、ナイフエッジ31cと回収ステージ42との間で移動させる移動装置70と、を含むものである。 As described above, the film bonding system 2 in the present embodiment is formed by bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, and among the long side and the short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P. While the belt-shaped optical member sheet FX having a width wider than the length of one of the sides is unwound from the original roll R1, the optical member sheet FX is placed on the other side of the long side and the short side of the display region P4. After being cut to a length longer than the length to form a sheet piece FXm, the sheet pieces FXm are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, and the sheet pieces FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P are displayed. Cutting devices 51 and 52 for cutting off an excess portion disposed outside the portion facing the region P4 and forming an optical member F1X having a size corresponding to the display region P4, and bonding devices 13, 15, and 18 An unwinding unit 31a for unwinding the optical member sheet FX together with the separator sheet F3a from the raw roll R1, and a determination unit for determining whether or not the optical member sheet FX unwound by the unwinding unit 31a includes a defect. The cutting device 31b for forming the non-defective sheet piece or the non-defective sheet piece by cutting the optical member sheet FX while leaving the separator sheet F3a based on the determination result of the determining unit, and the non-defective sheet A suction stage 41 having a knife edge 31c for peeling a piece or a defective sheet piece from the separator sheet F3a, a suction surface 41a for sucking and holding the liquid crystal panel P, and a suction stage 41 as viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface 41a. A collection stage 42 that collects defective sheet pieces and a separator sheet F3a. A bonding head 32 that holds the peeled non-defective sheet pieces and bonds them to the liquid crystal panel P, and holds the defective product sheet pieces peeled from the separator sheet F3a and bonds them to the recovery stage 42, and a bonding head. And a moving device 70 that moves 32 between the knife edge 31c and the liquid crystal panel P or between the knife edge 31c and the collection stage 42.
 この構成によれば、不良品シート片を回収ステージ42に棄て貼りすることができる。
そのため、セパレータとは別の除去用フィルム等を用いなくても不良品シート片を除去することができる。また、セパレータとは別の排除用フィルムを不良品シート片とともに回収する構成と比較して、排除用フィルムを省くことができ、排除用フィルムに要するコストを省くことができる。また、回収ステージ42を利用して不良品シート片を回収することができるので、排除用フィルムを回収する装置を別に設ける必要がなく、装置構成をシンプルにすることができる。また、不良品シート片を除去しつつ、良品シート片を液晶パネルPに貼合することができる。従って、不良品シート片を効果的に回収することができる。
According to this configuration, the defective sheet piece can be discarded and pasted on the collection stage 42.
Therefore, the defective sheet piece can be removed without using a removal film or the like separate from the separator. Moreover, compared with the structure which collects the exclusion film different from a separator with a defective product sheet piece, the exclusion film can be omitted, and the cost required for the exclusion film can be omitted. In addition, since the defective sheet piece can be collected using the collection stage 42, it is not necessary to provide a separate device for collecting the film for exclusion, and the device configuration can be simplified. Further, the non-defective sheet piece can be bonded to the liquid crystal panel P while removing the defective sheet piece. Therefore, it is possible to effectively collect defective sheet pieces.
 また、フィルム貼合システム2においては、光学部材F1Xを表示領域P4の際まで精度よく設けることが可能となり、表示領域P4外側の額縁部G(図3参照)を狭めて表示エリアの拡大及び機器の小型化が図られる。 Further, in the film bonding system 2, the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G (see FIG. 3) outside the display area P4 is narrowed to expand the display area and equipment. Can be reduced in size.
 また、フィルム貼合システム2において、第一切断装置51および第二切断装置52はレーザーカッターであり、第一切断装置51および第二切断装置52は同一のレーザー出力装置53に接続されており、レーザー出力装置53から出力されたレーザーが第一切断装置51および第二切断装置52に分岐されて供給されてもよい。この場合、第一切断装置51と第二切断装置52のそれぞれに別々のレーザー出力装置を接続する場合に比べて、光学表示デバイスの生産システムの小型化を図ることができる。 Moreover, in the film bonding system 2, the 1st cutting device 51 and the 2nd cutting device 52 are laser cutters, the 1st cutting device 51 and the 2nd cutting device 52 are connected to the same laser output device 53, The laser output from the laser output device 53 may be branched and supplied to the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52. In this case, as compared with the case where separate laser output devices are connected to the first cutting device 51 and the second cutting device 52, the production system of the optical display device can be downsized.
 尚、本発明は上記実施形態に限られるものではなく、部品構成や構造、形状、大きさ、数及び配置などを含め、当該発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲で種々の変更が可能である。 Note that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention, including the component configuration, structure, shape, size, number, arrangement, and the like.
 尚、シート片FXmの余剰部分の大きさ(液晶パネルPの外側にはみ出る部分の大きさ)は、液晶パネルPのサイズに応じて適宜設定される。例えば、シート片FXmを5インチ~10インチの中小型サイズの液晶パネルPに適用する場合は、シート片FXmの各辺においてシート片FXmの一辺と液晶パネルPの一辺との間の間隔を2mm~5mmの範囲の長さに設定する。 In addition, the size of the surplus portion of the sheet piece FXm (the size of the portion that protrudes outside the liquid crystal panel P) is appropriately set according to the size of the liquid crystal panel P. For example, when the sheet piece FXm is applied to a medium-sized liquid crystal panel P of 5 to 10 inches, the distance between one side of the sheet piece FXm and one side of the liquid crystal panel P is 2 mm on each side of the sheet piece FXm. Set to a length in the range of ~ 5 mm.
 以下、本発明の第五実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムについて図19~図21を参照して説明する。尚、図19~図21においては、便宜上、第二シート片F2mの図示を省略する。本実施形態において、上記実施形態で説明したフィルム貼合システム2と同様の構成には同一の符号を付し、詳細説明を省略する。尚、本実施形態における光学部材F1Xは、液晶パネルPに貼合されたシート片FXmから、その貼合面の外側の余剰部分を切り離すことにより形成される。 Hereinafter, the film bonding system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In FIGS. 19 to 21, the illustration of the second sheet piece F2m is omitted for convenience. In this embodiment, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the structure similar to the film bonding system 2 demonstrated in the said embodiment, and detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. In addition, the optical member F1X in this embodiment is formed by separating the excess part of the outer side of the bonding surface from the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.
 本実施形態に係るフィルム貼合システムは、第一検出装置91(図20参照)を備える。第一検出装置91は、第二貼合位置11dよりもパネル搬送下流側に設けられる。第一検出装置91は、液晶パネルPと第一シート片F1mとの貼合面(以下、第一貼合面と称することがある。)の端縁を検出する。 The film bonding system according to the present embodiment includes a first detection device 91 (see FIG. 20). The 1st detection apparatus 91 is provided in a panel conveyance downstream rather than the 2nd bonding position 11d. The 1st detection apparatus 91 detects the edge of the bonding surface (henceforth a 1st bonding surface) of liquid crystal panel P and the 1st sheet piece F1m.
 第一検出装置91は、例えば図19に示すように、上流側コンベア6の搬送経路上に設置された4箇所の検査領域CAにおいて第一貼合面SA1の端縁ED(貼合面の外周縁)を検出する。各検査領域CAは、矩形形状を有する第一貼合面SA1の4つの角部に対応する位置に配置されている。端縁EDは、ライン上を搬送される液晶パネルPごとに検出される。第一検出装置91によって検出された端縁EDのデータは、記憶装置24(図16参照)に記憶される。 For example, as illustrated in FIG. 19, the first detection device 91 includes an edge ED (outside of the bonding surface) of the first bonding surface SA1 in the four inspection areas CA installed on the conveyance path of the upstream conveyor 6. Edge). Each inspection area | region CA is arrange | positioned in the position corresponding to four corner | angular parts of 1st bonding surface SA1 which has a rectangular shape. The edge ED is detected for each liquid crystal panel P conveyed on the line. The edge ED data detected by the first detection device 91 is stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16).
 尚、検査領域CAの配置位置はこれに限らない。例えば、各検査領域CAが、第一貼合面SA1の各辺の一部(例えば各辺の中央部)に対応する位置に配置されていてもよい。 In addition, the arrangement position of the inspection area CA is not limited to this. For example, each inspection area | region CA may be arrange | positioned in the position corresponding to a part (for example, center part of each side) of each edge | side of 1st bonding surface SA1.
 図20は、第一検出装置91の模式図である。
  図20に示すように、第一検出装置91は、端縁EDを照明する照明光源94と、第一貼合面SA1の法線方向に対して端縁EDよりも第一貼合面SA1の内側に傾斜した姿勢で配置され、第一光学部材貼合体PA1の第一シート片F1mが貼合された側から端縁EDの画像を撮像する撮像装置93と、を備えている。
FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the first detection device 91.
As shown in FIG. 20, the first detection device 91 has an illumination light source 94 that illuminates the edge ED and the first bonding surface SA1 rather than the edge ED with respect to the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. And an image pickup device 93 that is arranged in an inwardly inclined posture and picks up an image of the edge ED from the side on which the first sheet piece F1m of the first optical member bonding body PA1 is bonded.
 照明光源94と撮像装置93とは、図19で示した4箇所の検査領域CA(第一貼合面SA1の4つの角部に対応する位置)にそれぞれ配置されている。 The illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 are respectively arranged in the four inspection areas CA (positions corresponding to the four corners of the first bonding surface SA1) shown in FIG.
 第一貼合面SA1の法線と撮像装置93の撮像面93aの法線とのなす角度θ(以下、撮像装置93の傾斜角度θと称する)は、撮像装置93の撮像視野内にパネル分断時のずれやバリ等が入り込まないように設定することが好ましい。例えば、第二基板P2の端面が第一基板P1の端面よりも外側にずれている場合、撮像装置93の傾斜角度θは、撮像装置93の撮像視野内に第二基板P2の端縁が入り込まないように設定する。 An angle θ (hereinafter referred to as an inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93) formed by the normal line of the first bonding surface SA1 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 is divided into panels within the imaging field of the imaging device 93. It is preferable to set so that time lag, burrs and the like do not enter. For example, when the end surface of the second substrate P2 is shifted outward from the end surface of the first substrate P1, the inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93 is such that the edge of the second substrate P2 enters the imaging field of the imaging device 93. Set to not.
 撮像装置93の傾斜角度θは、第一貼合面SA1と撮像装置93の撮像面93aの中心との間の距離H(以下、撮像装置93の高さHと称する)に適合するように設定されることが好ましい。例えば、撮像装置93の高さHが50mm以上100mm以下の場合、撮像装置93の傾斜角度θは、5°以上20°以下の範囲の角度に設定されることが好ましい。ただし、経験的にずれ量が分かっている場合には、そのずれ量に基づいて撮像装置93の高さH及び撮像装置93の傾斜角度θを求めることができる。本実施形態では、撮像装置93の高さHが78mm、撮像装置93の傾斜角度θが10°に設定されている。 The inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93 is set so as to match the distance H between the first bonding surface SA1 and the center of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 (hereinafter referred to as the height H of the imaging device 93). It is preferred that For example, when the height H of the imaging device 93 is 50 mm or more and 100 mm or less, the inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93 is preferably set to an angle in the range of 5 ° or more and 20 ° or less. However, when the deviation amount is empirically known, the height H of the imaging device 93 and the inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93 can be obtained based on the deviation amount. In the present embodiment, the height H of the imaging device 93 is set to 78 mm, and the inclination angle θ of the imaging device 93 is set to 10 °.
 照明光源94と撮像装置93とは、各検査領域CAに固定して配置されている。 The illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 are fixedly arranged in each inspection area CA.
 尚、照明光源94と撮像装置93とは、第一貼合面SA1の端縁EDに沿って移動可能に配置されていてもよい。この場合、照明光源94と撮像装置93とがそれぞれ1つずつ設けられていればよい。また、これにより、照明光源94と撮像装置93とを、第一貼合面SA1の端縁EDを撮像しやすい位置に移動させることができる。 In addition, the illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 may be arrange | positioned so that a movement is possible along the edge ED of 1st bonding surface SA1. In this case, it is only necessary to provide one illumination light source 94 and one imaging device 93 each. Thereby, the illumination light source 94 and the imaging device 93 can be moved to a position where the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 can be easily imaged.
 照明光源94は、第一光学部材貼合体PA1の第一シート片F1mが貼合された側とは反対側に配置されている。照明光源94は、第一貼合面SA1の法線方向に対して端縁EDよりも第一貼合面SA1の外側に傾斜した姿勢で配置されている。本実施形態では、照明光源94の光軸と撮像装置93の撮像面93aの法線とが平行になっている。 The illumination light source 94 is arrange | positioned on the opposite side to the side by which the 1st sheet piece F1m of 1st optical member bonding body PA1 was bonded. The illumination light source 94 is arrange | positioned with the attitude | position which inclined outside the 1st bonding surface SA1 rather than the edge ED with respect to the normal line direction of 1st bonding surface SA1. In the present embodiment, the optical axis of the illumination light source 94 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 are parallel.
 尚、照明光源は、第一光学部材貼合体PA1の第一シート片F1mが貼合された側に配置されていてもよい。 In addition, the illumination light source may be arrange | positioned at the side by which the 1st sheet piece F1m of 1st optical member bonding body PA1 was bonded.
 また、照明光源94の光軸と撮像装置93の撮像面93aの法線とが若干斜めに交差していてもよい。 Further, the optical axis of the illumination light source 94 and the normal line of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 may slightly cross each other.
 また、図21に示すように、撮像装置93及び照明光源94の各々が、第一貼合面SA1の法線方向に沿って端縁EDに重なる位置に配置されていてもよい。第一貼合面SA1と撮像装置93の撮像面93aの中心との間の距離H1(以下、撮像装置93の高さH1と称する)は、第一貼合面SA1の端縁EDを検出しやすい位置に設定されることが好ましい。例えば、撮像装置93の高さH1は、50mm以上150mm以下の範囲に設定されることが好ましい。 Further, as shown in FIG. 21, each of the imaging device 93 and the illumination light source 94 may be disposed at a position overlapping the edge ED along the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. A distance H1 between the first bonding surface SA1 and the center of the imaging surface 93a of the imaging device 93 (hereinafter referred to as a height H1 of the imaging device 93) detects the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. It is preferable to set the position at an easy position. For example, the height H1 of the imaging device 93 is preferably set in a range of 50 mm or more and 150 mm or less.
 第一シート片F1mのカット位置は、第一貼合面SA1の端縁EDの検出結果に基づいて調整される。制御装置25(図16参照)は、記憶装置24(図16参照)に記憶された第一貼合面SA1の端縁EDのデータを取得し、第一光学部材F11が液晶パネルPの外側(第一貼合面SA1の外側)にはみ出さない大きさとなるように第一シート片F1mのカット位置を決定する。第一切断装置51は、制御装置25によって決定されたカット位置において第一シート片F1mを切断する。 The cut position of the first sheet piece F1m is adjusted based on the detection result of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. The control device 25 (see FIG. 16) acquires the data of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16), and the first optical member F11 is outside the liquid crystal panel P (see FIG. 16). The cut position of the 1st sheet piece F1m is determined so that it may become the magnitude | size which does not protrude on the outer side of 1st bonding surface SA1. The first cutting device 51 cuts the first sheet piece F1m at the cutting position determined by the control device 25.
 図16及び図17に戻り、第一切断装置51は、第一検出装置91よりもパネル搬送下流側に設けられている。第一切断装置51は、液晶パネルPに貼合された第一シート片F1m及び第二シート片F2mのそれぞれから第一貼合面SA1に対応する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分をまとめて切り離し、第一光学部材シートF1からなる第一光学部材F11及び第二光学部材シートF2からなる第二光学部材F12を、第一貼合面SA1に対応する大きさの光学部材として形成する。 16 and 17, the first cutting device 51 is provided on the downstream side of the panel conveyance from the first detection device 91. The 1st cutting device 51 puts together the excess part arrange | positioned on the outer side of the part corresponding to 1st bonding surface SA1 from each of the 1st sheet piece F1m bonded to liquid crystal panel P, and the 2nd sheet piece F2m. The first optical member F11 made of the first optical member sheet F1 and the second optical member F12 made of the second optical member sheet F2 are formed as optical members having a size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1.
 ここで、「第一貼合面SA1に対応する大きさ」とは、表示領域P4の大きさ以上、液晶パネルPの外形状(平面視における輪郭形状)の大きさ以下の大きさで、かつ電気部品取り付け部等の機能部分を避けた領域の大きさを示す。 Here, the “size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1” is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the liquid crystal panel P, and Indicates the size of the area that avoids functional parts such as electrical component mounting parts.
 第一シート片F1mと第二シート片F2mを液晶パネルPに貼合した後にまとめてカットすることで、第一光学部材F11と第二光学部材F12との位置ずれがなくなり、第一貼合面SA1の外周縁の形状に合った第一光学部材F11及び第二光学部材F12が得られる。また、第一シート片F1mと第二シート片F2mの切断工程も簡略化される。 By laminating the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m to the liquid crystal panel P and then cutting them together, there is no positional deviation between the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12, and the first bonding surface. The first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 that match the shape of the outer peripheral edge of SA1 are obtained. Moreover, the cutting process of the 1st sheet piece F1m and the 2nd sheet piece F2m is also simplified.
 第一切断装置51により第二光学部材貼合体PA2から第一シート片F1m及び第二シート片F2mの余剰部分が切り離されることにより、液晶パネルPの表裏一方の面に第一光学部材F11及び第二光学部材F12が貼合されてなる第三光学部材貼合体PA3が形成される。このとき、第三光学部材貼合体PA3と、第一貼合面SA1に対応する部分(各光学部材F11,F12)が切り取られて、枠状に残る各シート片F1m,F2mの余剰部分とが分離される。第一シート片FX1及び第二シート片F2mから切り離された余剰部分は、図示略の剥離装置によって液晶パネルPから剥離され回収される。 The first cutting device 51 cuts off the excess portions of the first sheet piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m from the second optical member bonding body PA2, so that the first optical member F11 and the first optical member F11 on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P are separated. 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 formed by bonding 2 optical member F12 is formed. At this time, the 3rd optical member bonding body PA3 and the part (each optical member F11, F12) corresponding to 1st bonding surface SA1 are cut off, and the surplus part of each sheet piece F1m, F2m which remains in frame shape. To be separated. The surplus part cut off from the first sheet piece FX1 and the second sheet piece F2m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
 ここで、「第一貼合面SA1に対応する部分」とは、表示領域P4の大きさ以上、液晶パネルPの外形状の大きさ以下の領域で、かつ電気部品取り付け部等の機能部分を避けた領域を示す。本実施形態では、平面視矩形状の液晶パネルPにおける前記機能部分を除いた三辺では、液晶パネルPの外周縁に沿って余剰部分をレーザーカットし、前記機能部分に相当する一辺では、液晶パネルPの外周縁から表示領域P4側に適宜入り込んだ位置で余剰部分をレーザーカットしている。例えば、第一貼合面SA1に対応する部分がTFT基板の貼合面の場合、前記機能部分に相当する一辺では前記機能部分を除くよう液晶パネルPの外周縁から表示領域P4側に所定量ずれた位置でカットされる。
 尚、液晶パネルPにおける前記機能部分を含む領域(例えば液晶パネルP全体)にシート片を貼合することに限らない。例えば、予め液晶パネルPにおける前記機能部分を避けた領域にシート片を貼合し、その後、平面視矩形状の液晶パネルPにおける前記機能部分を除いた三辺において液晶パネルPの外周縁に沿って余剰部分をレーザーカットしてもよい。
Here, the “part corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1” is a region that is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the liquid crystal panel P, and a functional part such as an electrical component mounting portion. Indicates the area that was avoided. In the present embodiment, in the three sides excluding the functional portion in the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view, the surplus portion is laser-cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P, and in one side corresponding to the functional portion, the liquid crystal The surplus portion is laser-cut at a position that appropriately enters the display region P4 side from the outer peripheral edge of the panel P. For example, when the portion corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1 is the bonding surface of the TFT substrate, a predetermined amount from the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P to the display region P4 side so as to exclude the functional portion on one side corresponding to the functional portion. Cut at the shifted position.
In addition, it is not restricted to bonding a sheet piece to the area | region (for example, whole liquid crystal panel P) containing the said functional part in liquid crystal panel P. FIG. For example, a sheet piece is pasted in a region avoiding the functional portion in the liquid crystal panel P in advance, and then along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P on three sides excluding the functional portion in the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view. The excess portion may be laser cut.
 また、フィルム貼合システムは、第二検出装置92(図20参照)を備える。第二検出装置92は、第三貼合位置16cよりもパネル搬送下流側に設けられている。第二検出装置92は、液晶パネルPと第三シート片F3mとの貼合面(以下、第二貼合面と称することがある。)の端縁を検出する。第二検出装置92によって検出された端縁のデータは、記憶装置24(図16参照)に記憶される。 Moreover, a film bonding system is provided with the 2nd detection apparatus 92 (refer FIG. 20). The 2nd detection apparatus 92 is provided in the panel conveyance downstream rather than the 3rd bonding position 16c. The 2nd detection apparatus 92 detects the edge of the bonding surface (henceforth a 2nd bonding surface) of liquid crystal panel P and the 3rd sheet piece F3m. The edge data detected by the second detection device 92 is stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16).
 第三シート片F3mのカット位置は、第二貼合面の端縁の検出結果に基づいて調整される。制御装置25(図16参照)は、記憶装置24(図16参照)に記憶された第二貼合面の端縁のデータを取得し、第三光学部材F13が液晶パネルPの外側(第二貼合面の外側)にはみ出さない大きさとなるように第三シート片F3mのカット位置を決定する。第二切断装置52は、制御装置25によって決定されたカット位置において第三シート片F3mを切断する。 The cut position of the third sheet piece F3m is adjusted based on the detection result of the edge of the second bonding surface. The control device 25 (see FIG. 16) acquires the data of the edge of the second bonding surface stored in the storage device 24 (see FIG. 16), and the third optical member F13 is outside the liquid crystal panel P (second The cut position of the 3rd sheet piece F3m is determined so that it may become the magnitude | size which does not protrude to the outer side of the bonding surface. The second cutting device 52 cuts the third sheet piece F3m at the cutting position determined by the control device 25.
 第二切断装置52は、第二検出装置92よりもパネル搬送下流側に設けられている。第二切断装置52は、液晶パネルPに貼合された第三シート片F3mから第二貼合面に対応する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、第二貼合面に対応する大きさの光学部材(第三光学部材F13)を形成する。 The second cutting device 52 is provided on the downstream side of the panel conveyance with respect to the second detection device 92. The 2nd cutting device 52 cut | disconnects the excess part arrange | positioned outside the part corresponding to a 2nd bonding surface from the 3rd sheet piece F3m bonded by liquid crystal panel P, and the magnitude | size corresponding to a 2nd bonding surface. The optical member (third optical member F13) is formed.
ここで、「第二貼合面に対応する大きさ」とは、表示領域P4の大きさ以上、液晶パネルPの外形状(平面視における輪郭形状)の大きさ以下の大きさで、かつ電気部品取り付け部等の機能部分を避けた領域の大きさを示す。本実施形態では、第二基板P2の外形状の大きさである。 Here, the “size corresponding to the second bonding surface” is a size not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape (contour shape in plan view) of the liquid crystal panel P, and electric Indicates the size of the area that avoids the functional parts such as the parts mounting part. In the present embodiment, it is the size of the outer shape of the second substrate P2.
 第二切断装置52により第四光学部材貼合体PA4から第三シート片F3mの余剰部分が切り離されることにより、液晶パネルPの表裏他方の面に第三光学部材F13が貼合され、且つ、液晶パネルPの表裏一方の面に第一光学部材F11及び第二光学部材F12が貼合されてなる第五光学部材貼合体PA5が形成される。このとき、第五光学部材貼合体PA5と、第二貼合面に対応する部分(第三光学部材F13)が切り取られて枠状に残る第三シート片F3mの余剰部分とが分離される。第三シート片F3mから切り離された余剰部分は、図示略の剥離装置によって液晶パネルPから剥離され回収される。 The third optical member F13 is bonded to the other side of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by separating the excess portion of the third sheet piece F3m from the fourth optical member bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 52, and the liquid crystal The 5th optical member bonding body PA5 formed by bonding the 1st optical member F11 and the 2nd optical member F12 to the surface one side of the panel P is formed. At this time, the 5th optical member bonding body PA5 and the excess part of the 3rd sheet piece F3m which a part (3rd optical member F13) corresponding to a 2nd bonding surface is cut off, and remain in frame shape are isolate | separated. The surplus part cut off from the third sheet piece F3m is peeled off and collected from the liquid crystal panel P by a peeling device (not shown).
 ここで、前記「第二貼合面に対応する部分」とは、表示領域P4の大きさ以上、液晶パネルPの外形状の大きさ以下の領域で、かつ電気部品取り付け部等の機能部分を避けた領域を示す。本実施形態では、平面視矩形状の液晶パネルPにおける四辺において、液晶パネルPの外周縁に沿って余剰部分をレーザーカットしている。例えば、第二貼合面に対応する部分がCF基板の貼合面の場合、前記機能部分に相当する部分がないため、液晶パネルPの四辺において液晶パネルPの外周縁に沿ってカットされる。 Here, the “part corresponding to the second bonding surface” is a region that is not less than the size of the display region P4 and not more than the size of the outer shape of the liquid crystal panel P, and a functional part such as an electrical component mounting portion. Indicates the area that was avoided. In the present embodiment, the surplus portions are laser-cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P on the four sides of the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view. For example, when the portion corresponding to the second bonding surface is the bonding surface of the CF substrate, there is no portion corresponding to the functional portion, so that the four sides of the liquid crystal panel P are cut along the outer peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P. .
 本実施形態において、第一切断装置51は、撮像装置93が撮像した液晶パネルPと第一シート片F1mとの貼合面(第一貼合面SA1)の外周縁に沿って、第一シート片F1m及び第二シート片F2mのそれぞれを切断する。第二切断装置52は、撮像装置93が撮像した液晶パネルPと第三シート片F3mとの貼合面(第二貼合面)の外周縁に沿って、第三シート片F3mを切断する。 In this embodiment, the 1st cutting device 51 is a 1st sheet | seat along the outer periphery of the bonding surface (1st bonding surface SA1) of liquid crystal panel P and 1st sheet piece F1m which the imaging device 93 imaged. Each of the piece F1m and the second sheet piece F2m is cut. The 2nd cutting device 52 cut | disconnects the 3rd sheet piece F3m along the outer periphery of the bonding surface (2nd bonding surface) of liquid crystal panel P and the 3rd sheet piece F3m which the imaging device 93 imaged.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態のフィルム貼合システムによれば、表示領域P4よりも大きいシート片FXmを液晶パネルPに貼合した後に、シート片FXmが貼合された液晶パネルPとシート片FXmとの貼合面の外周縁を検出し、液晶パネルPに貼合されたシート片FXmから貼合面に対応する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離すことで、貼合面に対応するサイズの光学部材F1Xを液晶パネルPの面上で形成することができる。これにより、光学部材F1Xを表示領域P4の際まで精度よく設けることができ、表示領域P4外側の額縁部Gを狭めて表示エリアの拡大及び機器の小型化を図ることができる。 As described above, according to the film bonding system of the present embodiment, after the sheet piece FXm larger than the display region P4 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet on which the sheet piece FXm is bonded. By detecting the outer peripheral edge of the bonding surface with the piece FXm and cutting off the surplus portion arranged outside the portion corresponding to the bonding surface from the sheet piece FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding surface The corresponding size optical member F1X can be formed on the surface of the liquid crystal panel P. As a result, the optical member F1X can be accurately provided up to the display area P4, and the frame area G outside the display area P4 can be narrowed to enlarge the display area and downsize the device.
 尚、上記実施形態のフィルム貼合システムでは、検出装置を用いて複数の液晶パネルPごとに貼合面の外周縁を検出し、検出した外周縁に基づいて、個々の液晶パネルPごとに貼合したシート片の切断位置を設定する。これにより、液晶パネルPやシート片の大きさの個体差によらず所望の大きさの光学部材を切り離すことができるため、液晶パネルPやシート片の大きさの個体差による品質バラツキをなくし、表示領域周辺の額縁部を縮小して表示エリアの拡大及び機器の小型化を図ることができる。 In addition, in the film bonding system of the said embodiment, the outer periphery of the bonding surface is detected for every some liquid crystal panel P using a detection apparatus, and it pastes for every liquid crystal panel P based on the detected outer periphery. Set the cutting position of the joined sheet pieces. Thereby, since the optical member of a desired size can be cut off regardless of the individual difference of the size of the liquid crystal panel P or the sheet piece, the quality variation due to the individual difference of the size of the liquid crystal panel P or the sheet piece is eliminated, The frame portion around the display area can be reduced to enlarge the display area and downsize the device.
 本発明の好ましい実施形態を説明し、上記で説明してきたが、これらは本発明の例示的なものであり、限定するものとして考慮されるべきではないことを理解すべきである。追加、省略、置換、およびその他の変更は、本発明の範囲から逸脱することなく行うことができる。従って、本発明は、前述の説明によって限定されていると見なされるべきではなく、特許請求の範囲によって制限されている。 While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described and described above, it should be understood that these are exemplary of the invention and should not be considered as limiting. Additions, omissions, substitutions, and other changes can be made without departing from the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not to be seen as limited by the foregoing description, but is limited by the scope of the claims.
1,2…フィルム貼合システム(光学表示デバイスの生産システム)、13…第一貼合装置(貼合装置)、15…第二貼合装置(貼合装置)、18…第三貼合装置(貼合装置)、25…制御装置、31a…巻き出し部、31b…切断装置(カット部)、31c…ナイフエッジ(剥離部)、32…貼合ヘッド(貼合部)、32a…保持面、41…吸着ステージ、42…回収ステージ、51…第一切断装置、52…第二切断装置、63…マーキング装置、70…移動装置、91…第一検出装置(検出装置)、92…第二検出装置(検出装置)、P…液晶パネル(光学表示部品)、P4…表示領域、F1…第一光学部材シート(光学部材シート)、F2…第二光学部材シート(光学部材シート)、F3…第三光学部材シート(光学部材シート)、FX…光学部材シート、F3a…セパレータシート、F11…第一光学部材(光学部材)、F12…第二光学部材(光学部材)、F13…第三光学部材(光学部材)、F1X…光学部材、R1…原反ロール、SA1…第一貼合面(貼合面)、ED…第一貼合面の端縁(貼合面の外周縁) DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1,2 ... Film bonding system (production system of an optical display device), 13 ... 1st bonding apparatus (bonding apparatus), 15 ... 2nd bonding apparatus (bonding apparatus), 18 ... 3rd bonding apparatus (Bonding device), 25 ... control device, 31a ... unwinding portion, 31b ... cutting device (cutting portion), 31c ... knife edge (peeling portion), 32 ... bonding head (bonding portion), 32a ... holding surface , 41 ... Adsorption stage, 42 ... Recovery stage, 51 ... First cutting device, 52 ... Second cutting device, 63 ... Marking device, 70 ... Moving device, 91 ... First detection device (detection device), 92 ... Second Detection device (detection device), P ... Liquid crystal panel (optical display component), P4 ... Display area, F1 ... First optical member sheet (optical member sheet), F2 ... Second optical member sheet (optical member sheet), F3 ... Third optical member sheet (optical member sheet), F ... optical member sheet, F3a ... separator sheet, F11 ... first optical member (optical member), F12 ... second optical member (optical member), F13 ... third optical member (optical member), F1X ... optical member, R1 ... Raw roll, SA1 ... first bonding surface (bonding surface), ED ... edge of first bonding surface (outer peripheral edge of bonding surface)

Claims (8)

  1.  光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、
     前記光学表示部品の表示領域に対応する幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域に対応する長さでカットして前記光学部材とした後、前記光学部材を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置を含み、
     前記貼合装置は、
      前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、
     前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、
     前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品光学部材又は前記欠点を含む不良品光学部材を形成するカット部と、
     前記良品光学部材又は前記不良品光学部材を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、
     前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、
     前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品光学部材を回収する回収ステージと、
     前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品光学部材を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品光学部材を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、
     前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、
     を含むことを特徴とする光学表示デバイスの生産システム。
    An optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component,
    After unrolling the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width corresponding to the display area of the optical display component from the original roll, the optical member sheet is cut to a length corresponding to the display area to obtain the optical member, Including a bonding apparatus for bonding the optical member to the optical display component;
    The bonding device is
    An unwinding section for unwinding the optical member sheet together with a separator sheet from the raw roll,
    A determination unit that determines whether the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding unit includes a defect; and
    Based on the determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet is cut leaving the separator sheet, and a non-defective optical member not including the defect or a defective optical member including the defect is formed,
    A peeling portion for peeling the non-defective optical member or the defective optical member from the separator sheet;
    A suction stage having a suction surface for sucking and holding the optical display component;
    A recovery stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage when viewed from the normal direction of the suction surface, and that recovers the defective optical member;
    The non-defective optical member peeled from the separator sheet is held and bonded to the optical display component, and the defective optical member peeled from the separator sheet is held and bonded to the recovery stage. And
    A moving device that moves the bonding part between the peeling part and the optical display component, or between the peeling part and the recovery stage;
    An optical display device production system comprising:
  2.  前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージとは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向に沿って互いに隣り合う位置に配置され、
     前記回収ステージは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向と直交する方向において前記吸着ステージと隣り合う位置に配置されている請求項1に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システム。
    The peeling part and the suction stage are arranged at positions adjacent to each other along the transport direction of the optical member sheet,
    2. The optical display device production system according to claim 1, wherein the collection stage is disposed at a position adjacent to the suction stage in a direction orthogonal to a conveyance direction of the optical member sheet.
  3.  前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージと前記回収ステージとは、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向に沿って直線状に配置されている請求項1に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システム。 The production system for an optical display device according to claim 1, wherein the peeling unit, the suction stage, and the collection stage are arranged linearly along a conveyance direction of the optical member sheet.
  4.  前記回収ステージは、前記吸着ステージを挟んで前記剥離部と対向する位置に配置されている請求項3に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システム。 4. The optical display device production system according to claim 3, wherein the recovery stage is disposed at a position facing the peeling portion with the suction stage interposed therebetween.
  5.  前記回収ステージは、前記剥離部と前記吸着ステージとの間に配置されている請求項3に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システム。 4. The optical display device production system according to claim 3, wherein the recovery stage is disposed between the peeling portion and the suction stage.
  6.  前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートの前記欠点の部分にマークを付すマーキング装置をさらに含み、
     前記カット部は、前記光学部材シートの搬送方向の上流側における前記マークの端縁の後続側の部分をカットして前記不良品光学部材を形成する請求項1から5までのいずれか一項に記載の光学表示デバイスの生産システム。
    Based on the determination result of the determination unit, further includes a marking device that marks the defective part of the optical member sheet,
    The said cut part cuts the part of the succeeding side of the edge of the said mark in the upstream of the conveyance direction of the said optical member sheet | seat, and forms the said defective article optical member as described in any one of Claim 1-5 The production system of the optical display device described.
  7.  光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、
     前記光学表示部品の表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか一方の辺の長さよりも広い幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか他方の辺の長さよりも長い長さでカットしてシート片とした後、前記シート片を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置と、
     前記光学表示部品に貼合された前記シート片から前記表示領域と対向する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、前記表示領域に対応する大きさの前記光学部材を形成する切断装置と、を含み、
     前記貼合装置は、
     前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、
     前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、
     前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品シート片又は前記欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成するカット部と、
     前記良品シート片又は前記不良品シート片を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、
     前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、
     前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージと、
     前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品シート片を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品シート片を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、
     前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、
     を含むことを特徴とする光学表示デバイスの生産システム。
    An optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component,
    While the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side of the display area of the optical display component is unwound from the original roll, the optical member sheet is removed from the display area. After cutting with a length longer than the length of either the other of the long side and the short side into a sheet piece, a bonding apparatus that bonds the sheet piece to the optical display component,
    A cutting device that cuts off an excess portion disposed outside the portion facing the display area from the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component, and forms the optical member having a size corresponding to the display area; Including
    The bonding device is
    An unwinding section for unwinding the optical member sheet together with a separator sheet from the raw roll,
    A determination unit that determines whether the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding unit includes a defect; and
    Based on the determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet is cut leaving the separator sheet, and a non-defective sheet piece that does not include the defect or a defective sheet piece that includes the defect,
    A peeling part for peeling the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet;
    A suction stage having a suction surface for sucking and holding the optical display component;
    A collection stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage as seen from the normal direction of the suction surface, and that collects the defective sheet pieces;
    Bonding to hold the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet and bond to the optical display component, and to hold the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet and bond to the recovery stage And
    A moving device that moves the bonding part between the peeling part and the optical display component, or between the peeling part and the recovery stage;
    An optical display device production system comprising:
  8.  光学表示部品に光学部材を貼合してなる光学表示デバイスの生産システムであって、
     前記光学表示部品の表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか一方の辺の長さよりも広い幅の帯状の光学部材シートを原反ロールから巻き出しつつ、前記光学部材シートを前記表示領域の長辺と短辺のうちいずれか他方の辺の長さよりも長い長さでカットしてシート片とした後、前記シート片を前記光学表示部品に貼り合わせる貼合装置と、
     前記シート片が貼合された前記光学表示部品と前記シート片との貼合面の外周縁を検出する検出装置と、
     前記光学表示部品に貼合された前記シート片から前記貼合面に対応する部分の外側に配置された余剰部分を切り離し、前記貼合面に対応する大きさの前記光学部材を形成する切断装置と、を含み、
     前記貼合装置は、
     前記光学部材シートを前記原反ロールからセパレータシートと共に巻き出す巻き出し部と、
     前記巻き出し部によって巻き出された前記光学部材シートに欠点が含まれるか否かを判定する判定部と、
     前記判定部の判定結果に基づいて、前記光学部材シートを前記セパレータシートを残してカットして、前記欠点を含まない良品シート片又は前記欠点を含む不良品シート片を形成するカット部と、
     前記良品シート片又は前記不良品シート片を前記セパレータシートから剥離させる剥離部と、
     前記光学表示部品を吸着して保持する吸着面を有する吸着ステージと、
     前記吸着面の法線方向から見て前記吸着ステージと重ならない位置に配置され、前記不良品シート片を回収する回収ステージと、
     前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記良品シート片を保持して前記光学表示部品に貼合するとともに、前記セパレータシートから剥離された前記不良品シート片を保持して前記回収ステージに貼合する貼合部と、
     前記貼合部を前記剥離部と前記光学表示部品との間、又は、前記剥離部と前記回収ステージとの間で移動させる移動装置と、
     を含み、
     前記切断装置は、前記検出装置が検出した前記光学表示部品と前記シート片との前記貼合面の外周縁に沿って、前記シート片を切断することを特徴とする光学表示デバイスの生産システム。
    An optical display device production system in which an optical member is bonded to an optical display component,
    While the belt-shaped optical member sheet having a width wider than the length of either one of the long side and the short side of the display area of the optical display component is unwound from the original roll, the optical member sheet is removed from the display area. After cutting with a length longer than the length of either the other of the long side and the short side into a sheet piece, a bonding apparatus that bonds the sheet piece to the optical display component,
    A detection device for detecting an outer peripheral edge of a bonding surface of the optical display component and the sheet piece on which the sheet piece is bonded;
    A cutting device that cuts off an excess portion disposed outside a portion corresponding to the bonding surface from the sheet piece bonded to the optical display component, and forms the optical member having a size corresponding to the bonding surface. And including
    The bonding device is
    An unwinding section for unwinding the optical member sheet together with a separator sheet from the raw roll,
    A determination unit that determines whether the optical member sheet unwound by the unwinding unit includes a defect; and
    Based on the determination result of the determination unit, the optical member sheet is cut leaving the separator sheet, and a non-defective sheet piece that does not include the defect or a defective sheet piece that includes the defect,
    A peeling part for peeling the non-defective sheet piece or the defective sheet piece from the separator sheet;
    A suction stage having a suction surface for sucking and holding the optical display component;
    A collection stage that is disposed at a position that does not overlap the suction stage as seen from the normal direction of the suction surface, and that collects the defective sheet pieces;
    Bonding to hold the non-defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet and bond to the optical display component, and to hold the defective sheet piece peeled from the separator sheet and bond to the recovery stage And
    A moving device that moves the bonding part between the peeling part and the optical display component, or between the peeling part and the recovery stage;
    Including
    The said cutting device cuts the said sheet piece along the outer periphery of the said bonding surface of the said optical display component and the said sheet piece which the said detection apparatus detected, The production system of the optical display device characterized by the above-mentioned.
PCT/JP2014/054461 2013-02-27 2014-02-25 Production system for optical display device WO2014132950A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020157023105A KR102062941B1 (en) 2013-02-27 2014-02-25 Production system for optical display device
CN201480010685.6A CN105008989B (en) 2013-02-27 2014-02-25 The production system of optical display means

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013037565 2013-02-27
JP2013-037565 2013-02-27
JP2013104407A JP5724147B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2013-05-16 Optical display device production system
JP2013-104407 2013-05-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014132950A1 true WO2014132950A1 (en) 2014-09-04

Family

ID=51428214

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/054461 WO2014132950A1 (en) 2013-02-27 2014-02-25 Production system for optical display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5724147B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102062941B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105008989B (en)
TW (1) TWI600544B (en)
WO (1) WO2014132950A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109692782A (en) * 2018-08-24 2019-04-30 东莞触点智能装备有限公司 A kind of abutted equipment
CN110233208A (en) * 2019-05-09 2019-09-13 恩利克(浙江)智能装备有限公司 A kind of fitting of rotatory polarization piece and shape cutting apparatus and method of flexibility OLED display panel

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101674353B1 (en) 2016-05-30 2016-11-08 주식회사 엘지화학 The continuous manufacturing method of display unit and device thereof
KR20190109115A (en) 2018-03-16 2019-09-25 주식회사 엘지화학 Method for manufacturing display unit

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0887007A (en) * 1994-09-19 1996-04-02 Ookubo Seisakusho:Kk Sticking device for polarizing plate
JP2004118012A (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Takatori Corp Method for sticking polarizing plate to liquid crystal panel
JP2009186994A (en) * 2008-01-09 2009-08-20 Nitto Denko Corp Manufacturing system of optical display device and method for manufacturing optical display device
JP2010015082A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-01-21 Sharp Corp Polarizing plate bonding device, and polarizing plate bonding method using the same
WO2012035837A1 (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Production method and production system for optical display device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3396357B2 (en) * 1995-11-16 2003-04-14 日東電工株式会社 Resist removal equipment
JP2003255132A (en) 2002-03-05 2003-09-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Manufacturing method for optical film chip
CN101884060B (en) * 2008-04-08 2013-01-30 日东电工株式会社 Manufacturing system for an optical display device, manufacturing method for an optical display device, removal device, and removal method
JP4751997B1 (en) * 2010-02-17 2011-08-17 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing film laminating apparatus and liquid crystal display manufacturing system having the same
JP4844857B1 (en) * 2011-02-23 2011-12-28 住友化学株式会社 Collection device, bonding system, and collection method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0887007A (en) * 1994-09-19 1996-04-02 Ookubo Seisakusho:Kk Sticking device for polarizing plate
JP2004118012A (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Takatori Corp Method for sticking polarizing plate to liquid crystal panel
JP2009186994A (en) * 2008-01-09 2009-08-20 Nitto Denko Corp Manufacturing system of optical display device and method for manufacturing optical display device
JP2010015082A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-01-21 Sharp Corp Polarizing plate bonding device, and polarizing plate bonding method using the same
WO2012035837A1 (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Production method and production system for optical display device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109692782A (en) * 2018-08-24 2019-04-30 东莞触点智能装备有限公司 A kind of abutted equipment
CN109692782B (en) * 2018-08-24 2023-12-26 东莞触点智能装备有限公司 Laminating equipment
CN110233208A (en) * 2019-05-09 2019-09-13 恩利克(浙江)智能装备有限公司 A kind of fitting of rotatory polarization piece and shape cutting apparatus and method of flexibility OLED display panel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014194513A (en) 2014-10-09
KR102062941B1 (en) 2020-01-06
TWI600544B (en) 2017-10-01
CN105008989B (en) 2017-12-12
KR20150121004A (en) 2015-10-28
JP5724147B2 (en) 2015-05-27
TW201441046A (en) 2014-11-01
CN105008989A (en) 2015-10-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5724152B1 (en) Optical display device production system
JP5692712B2 (en) Optical display device production system
WO2013151035A1 (en) Optical display device production system
WO2015199133A1 (en) Cementing device, cementing method, system for producing optical display device, and method for producing optical display device
JP5804404B2 (en) Optical display device production system and optical display device production method
JP6182805B2 (en) Optical display device production system
JP5724147B2 (en) Optical display device production system
KR102110007B1 (en) System and method for producing optical display devices
KR102207122B1 (en) Apparatus and method for manufacturing optical member-bonded body
WO2014129353A1 (en) Production system and production method for optical display device
JP6223439B2 (en) Optical display device production system
JP5618283B2 (en) Optical display device production system and optical display device production method
JP2014157344A (en) Production system of optical display device
WO2015022850A1 (en) Apparatus for manufacturing optical member-bonded body
JP6227279B2 (en) Manufacturing apparatus and manufacturing method of optical member bonded body
JP6193618B2 (en) Optical display device production system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14756520

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157023105

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14756520

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1